design manual 2017 opening roofs the louvretec room sunflex systems retract systems sun louvres OVERVIEW sun louvres AIRFOIL sun louvres RECTANGULAR louvered shutters custom made engineering reports wiring diagrams
WWW.LOUVRETEC.COM
opening roofs / shutters / sun louvres / outdoor rooms / outdoor blinds / designtec / accessories
LOUVRETEC WORLDWIDE - SELECT YOUR REGION
PLATINUM SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC The perfect synergy of modern design and outstanding heating performance Strong, efficient infrared heat combined with an ultra-thin and stylish design – the new Platinum Smart-Heat® Electric complements the atmosphere of any home or commercial environment. New and innovative radiant outdoor heating technology has been developed by Bromic resulting in an electric heater that boasts optimal heat output in a high end, minimalist frame.
OPENING OPENINGROOFS ROOFS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Opening Roof Product Overview
2.06
200 Super Roof
2.10
200 Super Roof Lite
2.15
200 Super Roof Lite Curved
2.20
180 Linear Opening Roof
2.25
180 Classic Opening Roof
2.30
260 Translucent Opening Roof
2.35
Suburban Direct Opening Roof
2.40
The Louvretec Structural Frame
2.45 - 2.48
Structural: Frame Beams and Posts
2.49 - 2.52
Structural: Gutter Outlets
2.53 - 2.55
Structural: Connecting to the building
2.56 - 2.72
Structural: Fixing to alternative frames
2.73 - 2.76
2:01
2:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS
Open your home to the besuty of the outdoors whilst having protection from the elements.
Open your home to the beauty of the outdoors whilst enjoying protection from the elements.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:03
OPENING ROOFS GALLERY
2.
1.
3.
1.TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF
2:04
4.
2. 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF
3. 3 BAYS SHOWING 200 SUPER ROOF 4. 2 BAYS SHOWING 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS GALLERY
5.
6.
7.
8.
9
5. SUPER ROOF LITE WITH HEATING AND LIGHTING 6. SUPER ROOF LITE OPENING ROOF
7. 180 CLASSIC ROOF ABOVE POOL
8. 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF 9. TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:05
9.
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW opening roofs - architectural series Welcome to Louvretec’s updated range of Opening Roof systems. Well established as world leaders, Louvretec’s Opening Roof systems are now even further enhanced with the introduction of the new Super Roof range. These roofs beautifully complement Louvretec’s existing systems and with their extra strength and spanning capabilities enable installations in areas previously restricted. All the Opening Roofs within the Architectural Series are now available with the Spiral Pivot “Down-under” drive system. This new development enables all moving parts, including the motor, to be completely hidden out of sight, further enhancing the already clean uncluttered lines of a Louvretec Opening Roof.
opening roofs - suburban direct Louvretec’s Suburban Direct Opening Roof has been designed with quality and economy in mind. Utilising the award winning Spiral Pivot system, the beautifully designed 200mm wide blades not only look great but also provide wide spanning capabilities to provide ample maintenance free living space for any deck. Fully engineered and manufactured from the highest grade aluminium or marine grade stainless steel, these roofs carry the same full Louvretec product and workmanship warranty as offered on the Architectural Series.
the louvretec room fully or partly enclosed loggia Discuss with Louvretec the options available to convert the new indoor-outdoor space provided by your Opening Roof into a functional Outdoor Room. Refer Section 3 – The Louvretec Room for full details.
outdoor blinds and glass sliders perfect addition to your opening roof We now offer a full range of Louvretec Outdoor Blinds, hand operated or motorised. These can be colour matched to your Opening Roof and are available in either Clear PVC or coloured cloth Shade Mesh. Refer Section 3 – The Louvretec Room for full details.
2:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS SPANS AT A GLANCE
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX HIGH
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
OPENING ROOFS 7 DIFFERENT STYLES
MAXIMUM SPANS
OPERABLE
EX HIGH
4000MM 4500MM
200 SUPER ROOF HEAVY
EX HIGH
3200MM
4500MM
200 SUPER ROOF LITE
EX HIGH
3200MM
4500MM
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED
EX HIGH
2450MM
3750MM
180 LINEAR ROOF
EX HIGH
2450MM
3900MM
180 CLASSIC ROOF
EX HIGH
1850MM 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF
3100MM
2800MM 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
EX HIGH
4500MM
2:07
OPENING ROOFS OPERATING SYSTEMS
DRIVE SYSTEMS spiral pivot - three variants Hidden away, the Spiral Pivot System is the very heart of Louvretec’s operating system. Linked to a custom made gear box and driven by Somfy - the world’s leading tubular motor manufacturer.
1. DOWN - UNDER SPIRAL PIVOT Designed specifically for Louvretec’s new generation Super Roofs as the name implies Down-under not only has the pivot operating system hidden from sight, so too is the motor and gearbox. With neither operating mechanism nor motor to be seen Down-under provides for the cleanest look imaginable. Now available on request on all Architectural Series Opening Roofs.
2. MOTOR OVER SPIRAL PIVOT This tried and tested system has been well proven over many years and continues to be used as standard on Louvretec’s Suburban Direct Series Opening Roofs.
3. HAND OPERATED SPIRAL PIVOT Using a custom engineered gearbox with stainless steel crank handle, all Louvretec Opening Roofs are available as a hand operable option in lieu of motorised. The roofs can be operated with ease, with the crank handle being detachable for storage when operation is complete.
2:08
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OPERATING SYSTEMS
new page to come: killer photo like Page 3
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:09
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF
200 SUPER ROOF introducing a new generation of opening roofs The 200 Super Roof is the flagship of Louvretec’s new range of Super Opening Roofs. One of a series of three new systems, this roof leads the way with outstanding spanning capabilities. Even in very high wind zones, spans of up to 4500mm are achievable, reducing to 4000mm maximum in extra high wind zones. This gives approximately an extra metre of span over other products currently available. Apart from offering a wider protected deck to enjoy, in many instances the extra span eliminates the need for double roofs with mid-beams as has been previously required to achieve the same covered area. This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.
200 SUPER ROOF
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
2:10
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
ANODISED
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 16.57 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per linear metre - opening system Actual blade width
3.116 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44 m/s 50 m/s 32 m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
200 Super Roof
4500
4500
4500
4500
4000
5600
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 188 Crs 3008 1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200 17 blades =3208 STEP 2 Blade cover 3208 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =3252
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends. Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:11
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF
200 SUPER ROOF EROVID UTATIS ENDIT QUAS SAM OPEN 45° ISBLADES MOD OMNIMUSAM UTATIS.
200 SUPER ROOF EROVID UTATIS ENDIT QUAS SAM BLADES CLOSED IS MOD OMNIMUSAM UTATIS.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:12
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.13
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:13
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF WITHIN STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:14
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.14
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF LITE
200 SUPER ROOF LITE introducing a new generation of opening roofs This impressive system is second in a series of three new Super Roofs, this one being a lighter version of the 200 Super Roof. Super Roof Lite provides excellent spanning capacity for the majority of residential installations, and can be used in conjunction with the 200 Super Roof. Both roofs are of similar shape and can be used side-by-side in multiple panel installations where spans are of varying length. This roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard. Super Roof Lite looks fantastic and is fast becoming one of Louvretec’s most specified Opening Roof options.
200 - LITE 200 SUPER SUPER ROOF ROOF SERIES - HEAVY
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
2:15
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 13.20 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per lineal metre - opening system Actual blade width
2.483 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
200 Super Roof Lite
4500
4500
3950
3500
3200
4900
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 188 Crs 3008 1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200 17 blades =3208 STEP 2 Blade cover 3208 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =3252
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends. Blade direction either right hand up or left hand up.
2:16
©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF LITE
200 SUPER EROVID UTATIS ROOFENDIT LITE QUAS SAM IS MOD BLADES OMNIMUSAM OPEN ROOF 45° LITE UTATIS. 200 SUPER BLADES OPEN 45 DEGREES
200 SUPER ROOF LITE 200 SUPER EROVID UTATISROOF ENDITLITE QUAS SAM BLADES CLOSED BLADES CLOSED UTATIS. IS MOD OMNIMUSAM
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
2:172:17
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:18
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.18
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF LITE WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.19
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:19
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED introducing a new generation of opening roofs Super Roof Lite Curved is the third and newest addition to the series of three Super Roofs. Designed by request from a Sydney architect for a prestigious project on Sydney Harbour, Super Roof Lite Curved offers identical spanning capabilitites to the Super Roof Lite system. Both Super Roof Lites span up to 4500mm in medium wind zones and offer excellent spanning capacity for the majority of residential applications. Now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard. Choose from the clean angular lines of Super Roof Lite, or the softer rounded look of Super Roof Lite Curved.
200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
2:20
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
ANODISED
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 13.20 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per linear metre - opening system Actual blade width
2.483 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 37m/s Self wt 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
44m/s 158 km/hr
50m/s 158 km/hr
55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
200 Super Roof Lite Curved
4500
4500
3950
3500
3200
4900
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 188 Crs 3008 1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200 17 blades =3208 STEP 2 Blade cover 3208 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =3252
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:21
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED BLADES OPEN 45°
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED BLADES CLOSED
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017
2:22
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.23
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:23
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUPER ROOF LITE - CURVED WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:24
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.24
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180 LINEAR ROOF
180 LINEAR ROOF clean lines, crisp edges The 180mm Linear Opening Roof captures and compliments the look of today’s architecture. With bold angular lines and sharp, cleanly defined edges, the flat blade is similar in appearance to the two Super Roofs. The edges of each blade are chamfered at 45 degrees, giving a tongue and grooved effect when closed. This opening roof is now also available using the Spiral Pivot “Down-under” operating system, or alternatively it can be hand operated using a custom built crank and gearbox. This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.
180 OPENING ROOF 200 LINEAR SUPER ROOF - HEAVY
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
2:25
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 180 LINEAR ROOF
scale 1:1
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
169 mm 11 kg/sqm 169 mm
Weight per lineal metre - opening system Actual blade width
1.84 kg/lm 180 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
180 Linear Opening Roof
3750
3400
3000
2700
2450
3900
INSTALLATION OPTIONS CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 169 Crs 2704 1 blade at 180 (blade size)+ 180 17 blades =2884 STEP 2 Blade cover 2884 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =2928
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.
2:26
©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 180 LINEAR ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180 LINEAR ROOF
180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF. BLADES OPEN 45° 180 LINEAR ROOF BLADES OPEN 45 DEGREES
180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF. 180 LINEAR BLADES CLOSEDROOF BLADES CLOSED
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:272:27
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:28
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.28
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 180 LINEAR OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.29
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:29
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180 CLASSIC ROOF
180 CLASSIC ROOF soft, easy lines Welcome to the updated version of the original Classic Opening Roof. The timeless and popular look of the elegantly concaved 180mm wide Classic blade has now been further enhanced with the upgrade option of the new Spiral Pivot “Down-under” operating system. Alternatively it is still available using a hand operated custom gearbox with stainless steel crank handle. The 180 Classic and 180 Linear Opening Roofs are of identical size, the only difference being the style of blade used. This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.
180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
2:30
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
ANODISED
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 180 CLASSIC ROOF
scale 1:1
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
169 mm 10.18 kg/sqm 169 mm
Weight per linear metre - opening system Actual blade width
1.720 kg/lm 180 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 158 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
180 Classic Opening Roof
3900
3700
3100
2700
2450
4500
INSTALLATION OPTIONS CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 169 Crs 2704 1 blade at 180 (blade size)+ 180 17 blades =2884 STEP 2 Blade cover 2884 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =2928
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:31
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 180 CLASSIC ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180 CLASSIC ROOF
180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF BLADES OPEN 45° 45 DEGREES
180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF BLADES CLOSED
2:32
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.33
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:33
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 180 CLASSIC OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:34
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.34
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF
260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF let there be light If loss of light is an issue when the Opening Roof is closed then the unique 260 Translucent Opening Roof provides the answer. This roof now features an all new white in-fill panel of Acrylic Naturelite Plexiglas ®. Plexiglas offers natural UV protection throughout the material – it does not rely on an applied surface coating for UV protection. It is one of the reasons Plexiglas is used in aircraft cabin windows to protect from strong UV light and substantial differences in pressure and extreme cold. This same material is now used on all 260 Translucent Opening Roofs – high light transmission coupled with naturally UV-stable technology is as good as it gets. This style of opening roof now comes with a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.
260 OPENING ROOF 200TRANSLUCENT SUPER ROOF - HEAVY
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
2:35
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
256 mm 9.4 kg/sqm 256 mm
Weight per lineal metre - opening system Actual blade width
2.4 kg/lm 270 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 &-3.39
260 Translucent Opening Roof
3600
3450
3250
3050
2750
4000
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 256 Crs 4096 1 blade at 270 (blade size)+ 270 17 blades =4366 STEP 2 Blade cover 4366 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =4410
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up.
2:36
©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 260 TRANSLUCENT ROOF
260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF. BLADES OPEN 45°
260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF. BLADES CLOSED
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:372:37
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:38
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.38
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 260 TRANSLUCENT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.39
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:39
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF designed with economy in mind Designed with quality and economy in mind the engineered 200mm blades provide wide spanning capabilities. Using the highest grade aluminium every aspect is fully engineered and backed by Louvretec’s product and workmanship warranty and powered by Somfy. Now comes with a new extruded motor cover and a 185mm extra wide gutter to all four sides as standard.
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
Wall switches
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
2:40
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
Home Automation
myLink™
Sensors
Hand operated
RAIN SENSOR
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
ANODISED
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 10.25 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per linear metre - opening system Actual blade width
1.928 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 158 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
200 Suburban Opening Roof
4500
4250
3550
3100
2800
5100
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES FOR SPIRAL PIVOT Span: Check engineering span limits Pivot: Calculation example showing 17 blades
CHOOSE DIRECTION OF BLADE PIVOT LEFT HAND UP
STEP 1 16 blades x 188 Crs 3008 1 blade at 200 (blade size)+ 200 17 blades =3208 STEP 2 Blade cover 3208 +2/22mm clearance @ ends = 44 Total exact pivot length =3252
RIGHT HAND UP
Extra width 185mm gutter provides cover if clearance increases over 22mm at ends Blade direction either Right Hand up or Left Hand up
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:41
OPENING ROOFS 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT ROOF
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF. BLADES OPEN 45° 45 DEGREES
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF. BLADES CLOSED
2:42
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : MOTORISED 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.43
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:43
TYPICAL DETAIL : MANUAL 200 SUBURBAN DIRECT OPENING ROOF WITHIN LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:44
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.44
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OPENING THE STRUCTURAL ROOFS OVERVIEW FRAME
PRODUCT OVERVIEW STRUCTURAL FRAME BEAMS AND POSTS
THE LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME • Louvretec offers a fully engineered structural aluminium frame system specifically designed for Outdoor Rooms. • Beams & posts are custom designed to be structurally compliant to the specific wind zone. • Louvretec structural frames provide for clean, aesthetically pleasing lines and with regular cleaning, are virtually maintenance free. • They are also designed to incorporate wall in-fills such as outdoor blinds, frameless sliding or slide & turn glass doors as well as a range of louvre panel infills.
SIMPLY SUPPORTED
LENGTH EXTENDED - CONTINUOUS SPAN
WIDTH EXTENDED
CANTILEVERED FRAME
STEPPED FRAME
RAKING FRAME
200 SUPER ROOF
200 SUPER ROOF LITE
200 SUPER ROOF LITE CURVED
180 LINEAR
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
180 CLASSIC
260 TRANSLUCENT
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT
2:452:45
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS SIMPLY SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL FRAME
Aluminium box section beams and posts. Beam and post sizes determined by spans and wind zones.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS CONTINUOUS SPAN - LENGTH EXTENDED
Length of frame is extended with additional mid-post. Allows for a longer Opening Roof.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:46 2:46
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS WIDTH EXTENDED
Width of frame is extended with additional mid post. Allows for two Opening Roofs.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS CANTILEVERED STRUCTURAL FRAME CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE HOUSE
HOUSE
LOUVRES
LOUVRES
HOUSE
HOUSE
LOUVRES
LOUVRES
HOUSE
HOUSE
LOUVRES
LOUVRES
There are a number of cantilever configurations available. Contact Louvretec for engineering advice.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
7.30 2:47 2:47
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS STEPPED FRAME
Frame designed to step around the building or fire place. Motor must be located on long side.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS RAKING FRAME
Frame can follow the shape of the deck. Motor must be located on long side.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:48 2:48
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS OPENING THE STRUCTURAL ROOFS OVERVIEW FRAME
PRODUCT OVERVIEW STRUCTURAL FRAME BEAMS AND POSTS
THE LOUVRETEC STRUCTURAL FRAME • The post and beam sizes are calcuated and determined by wind speeds with loading factors applied to allow for uplift, down pressure and deflection • Please refer section 11 - Engineering for full engineering and design data. • For any queries please contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer.
SINGLE BEAM
TWO SINGLE BEAMS, MITRED CORNER
DOUBLE BEAM
DOUBLE BEAM WITH SINGLE BEAM
TWO DOUBLE BEAMS, MITRED CORNER
POST WITH BASE PLATE
150X50X3
2/150X50X3
200X50X3
2/200X50X3
225X50X3
2/225X50X3
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
250X50X3
2/250X50X3
300X50X3
2/300X50X3
3/300X50X3
2:492:49
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS STRUCTURAL FRAME; BEAMS & POSTS
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS BEAM AND POST CONFIGURATIONS
Single Beam
Two single Beams Mitred Corner
Double Beam
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS BEAM AND POST CONFIGURATIONS
Double Beam with Single Beam
Two double Beams Mitred Corner
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:50 2:50
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
Post with Base Pllate
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME POST FIXING DETAILS
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE - DIMENSIONS
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE FOOTING
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE PAD
FILE: 2.51
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:51
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME POST FIXING DETAILS
SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE FOOTING RECESSED
SECTION - POST TO CONCRETE PAD - RECESSED
SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
SECTION - POST TO TIMBER DECK
SECTION - POST TO TIMBER DECK - RECESSED
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD DATEFROM MODIFIED LOUVRETEC : 01/01/2017 WEBSITES: SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au www.louvretec.co.nz DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 www.louvretec.com.au
2:52
FILE: 2.52
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical 2017. All rights detailsreserved. subject to Technical change details withoutsubject notice.to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS REAR OUTLET GUTTER IN SOFFIT
Outlet through Fascia
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS GUTTER OUTLETS
1 1. Rear Outlet through Aluminium beam 2 2. Conventional outlet and downpipe dropper
3. Outlet using post as dropper
3
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
7.30 2:53 2:53
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS
SECTION - STANDARD SECTION THROUGH65MM SPAN DROPPER IN GUTTER
SECTION - BACK OUTLET IN GUTTER SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:54
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.54
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOF GUTTER OUTLETS
SECTION - ROOF SPACE OUTLET SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - GUTTER THROUGH POST SECTIONOUTLET THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.55
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:55
OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
PRODUCT PRODUCT OVERVIEW OVERVIEW CONNECTING 200 SUBURBAN TO THE DIRECT BUILDING ROOF
CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING In most instances, the aluminium structural frame connects either directly to, or directly alongside the existing building. There are three typical fixing locations: 1. Fixing above the existing roof 2. Fixing flush with the existing gutter 3. Fixing directly to - or free standing next to the building
1A OVER ROOF - BRACED OR FREE STANDING POST
1B OVER ROOF - RAFTER FIXING BRACKET
2A FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO FASCIA
2B FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO SOFFIT
2A FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO FASCIA
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
2:56
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
OPENING ROOFS OPENING THE STRUCTURAL ROOFS OVERVIEW FRAME
PRODUCT OVERVIEW CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING (CONT) Location determines which suitable fixing options are available and are permissible. Fixing options must take into consideration the structural integrity of the building - i.e, is there solid fixing available? Also ensuring the watertight integrity of the building is not compromised.
2C FLUSH TO GUTTER. BRACKET FIXED TO RAFTER
2D FLUSH TO GUTTER. FREE STANDING BRACED POST
3A FIXING DIRECTLY TO BUILDING. WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME WITH CAVITY
3B FREE STANDING. SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
2:572:57
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 1A OPENING ROOF FRAME OVER EXISTING ROOF
Braced or free standing post projects Opening Roof over house roof. Allows stormwater disposal onto existing roof. It is not flashed between Opening Roof and house roof.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 1B OPENING ROOF FRAME OVER EXISTING ROOF
Fixing bracket connected to rafters and flashed accordingly. Roof iron or tiles need to be lifted for bracket installation.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:58 2:58
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION 1A - BRACED OR FREE STANDING POST - OPENING ROOF THROUGH FRAME OVER ROOF SECTION SPAN
8
SECTION 1B - ROOF BRACKET - OPENINGSECTION ROOF FRAME FIXED LOUVRES OVER ROOF THROUGH
8
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.59
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:59
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2A FLUSH TO GUTTER - FASCIA FIXED
Bracket fixed to fascia, box section sits above gutter with cap flashing into gutter.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2B FLUSH TO GUTTER - SOFFIT FIXED
Bracket fixed to underside of soffit, box section sits above gutter with flashing into gutter.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:60 2:60
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION 2A - FRAME TO FASCIATHROUGH - FASCIA BRACKET SECTION SPAN
2.60
SECTION 2B - FRAME TO FASCIA - SOFFIT BRACKET SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
2.60
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.61
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:61
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2C FLUSH TO GUTTER - RAFTER FIXED
Bracket fixed to rafter, box section sits above gutter with cap flashing into gutter.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 2D FLUSH TO GUTTER - FREE STANDING
Free standing post supports box section above gutter, with cap flashing into gutter. Use this option when there are no other fixing points and the house cladding is not suitable for structural fixing. If fixing can be found for the post, this will help stability of frame.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:62 2:62
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION 2C - FLUSH TO GUTTER - TRUSS THROUGH OR RAFTERSPAN FIXING SECTION
2.62
SECTION 2D - FRAME TO FASCIA - FREE STANDING OR BRACED POST SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
2.62
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.63
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:63
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXED TO BUILDING
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 3A FIXED DIRECTLY TO BUILDING
Fixed to weatherboard cladding on timber frame with cavity. See also option fixed with no cavity and free standing.
SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:64 2:64
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME WITH CAVITY SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION 3A - OPTION WEATHERBOARD ON TIMBER FRAME SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.65
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:65
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXED TO BUILDING
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 3B FIXED DIRECTLY TO BUILDING
Free standing or fixed to sheet on timber frame.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016
7.30 2:66 2:66
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO BUILDING
SECTION 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME - FREE STANDING SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME FIXED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.67
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:67
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION - 3B - OPTION SHEET ON TIMBER FRAME SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - BRICK ON TIMBER FRAME SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:68
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.68
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION - BRICK ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING SECTION THROUGH SPAN FIXED COVER FLASHING
SECTION - COMPOSITE PANEL ON TIMBER FRAME FREE STANDING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES FIXED COVER FLASHING
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.69
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:69
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION - COMPOSITE PANEL ON TIMBER FRAME SECTION THROUGH SPANFIXED COVER FLASHING
SECTION - POLYSTYRENE ON TIMBER FRAME - FREE STANDING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES BONDED COVER FLASHING
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:70
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.70
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION - POLYSTYRENE ON TIMBER FRAME - FIXED TO BULDING SECTION THROUGH SPAN BONDED COVER FLASHING
SECTION - CONCRETE - FREE STANDING FIXED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.71
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:71
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - CONNECTING TO THE BUILDING
SECTION - CONCRETE WITH CHASE SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - CONCRETE NO CHASE, FIXED COVER FLASHING SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD DATEFROM MODIFIED LOUVRETEC : 01/01/2017 WEBSITES: SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au www.louvretec.co.nz DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 www.louvretec.com.au
2:72
FILE: 2.72
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical 2017. All rights detailsreserved. subject to Technical change details withoutsubject notice.to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS THE STRUCTURAL FRAME
TECHNICAL DETAILS FIXING TO ALTERNATIVE FRAMES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS OPENING ROOF FIXING TO P.F.C
Inside face must be flush to fit the Opening Roof gutter and pivot system onto.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS OPENING ROOF FIXING TO TIMBER BEAM
To reduce twisting, warping or movement, Glulam Laminated Beams (or similar) are recommended.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
7.30 2:73 2:73
OPENING ROOFS - THE STRUCTURAL FRAME - FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME
SECTION - PFC WITH WELDED STUDS FOR TIMBER INFILL SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - PFC WITH BOLTED TIMBER INFILL SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:74
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.74
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
OPENING ROOFS - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME
SECTION - STEEL RHS SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - STEEL UNIVERSAL BEAM SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.75
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2:75
TYPICAL DETAIL - OPENING ROOF FRAME FIXED TO ALTERNATIVE FRAME
SECTION - CONCRETE BEAM SECTION THROUGH SPAN
SECTION - TIMBER BEAM SECTION THROUGH LOUVRES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
2:76
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 2.76
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
NOTES
louvretec room
5 basic steps Step 1 Decking
3.07
Step 2 Structural Frame
3.08
Step 3 Opening Roofs
3.09
Step 4 Enclosure options Wall infill
3.10
Rectangular Louvres
3.11
Outdoor Blinds
3.12
Sunflex Frameless Glass Systems 3.13 Step 5 Finishing touches
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Lighting
3.14
Heating
3.15
3:01
3:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
the louvretec room
Create your new favourite room & increase your living space
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:03
louvretec room gallery
2
1.
2.
3
4
3.
4.
1. super roof lite, plantation shutters and coastal sliders 3. suburban direct opening roof with mesh shade blinds
3:04
1
2. sf20 glass sliding doors 4. louvretec outdoor room creating flow from inside to outside ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room gallery
5
6
7
6.
5.
8
9 1. 7.
5. 180 linear opening roof over outdoor kitchen & jacuzzi
8.
6. louvretec room creating a seamless transition to outside
7. suburban direct opening roof, hand adjustable 150mm louvre panel & mesh shade blind 8. super roofs and clear pvc blinds ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:05
louvretec room overview
5 basic steps You choose The following introduces you to the five basic steps you should consider when designing your Louvretec Room. You might not need all 5 steps - that’s the beauty of Louvretec’s systems, they’re tailor made to your requirements.
step 1 - decks You will need a deck.
step 2 - structural frame Add a structural frame over the deck to support the Opening Roof.
step 3 - opening roof Choose your Opening Roof from Louvretec’s seven design choices.
step 4 - infill sides Closing in the sides? There are many infill options available. Also consider leaving some of the space fully open.
step 5 - finishing touches Let there be light & heat - add the finishing touches.
3:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room step 1 decks
STEP 1 DECKING Most Louvretec Dealers don’t do decks (so make sure you check this first with your local Louvretec Dealer) - this is the only part of the five steps not undertaken by Louvretec. You may have an existing deck, or the deck may be part of your new home build. Decks are typically timber or composite such as eco-deck or concrete with tiled finish. Deck construction is critical as it forms the foundation to support your Louvretec Room structure. For decks under construction, discuss layout and fixing options with Louvretec.
timber decking Make sure your deck complies with council requirements. On existing decks additional structural support may be required. Posts can sit outside of deck or within deck structure with decking cut around post. If the structural posts are fitting directly to the deck ensure there is adequate solid timber fixing at post connection points. Alternatively extend the posts to ground level and fix to a suitably engineered concrete pad.
POSTS SITTING DIRECTLY ON TO DECK
POSTS PROJECTED THROUGH DECK ON TO CONCRETE PAD
concrete A typical 100mm concreted reinforced patio requires a concrete foundation under the post fixing points. Tiles or decorative surfaces can be laid to cover the base plate.
FIXING TO CONCRETE
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:07
louvretec room STEP 2 STRUCTURAL FRAMES
STEP 2 STRUCTURAL FRAMES Louvretec Structural Frames are fully engineered and provide for aesthetically pleasing lines. Unaffected by weather, with regular cleaning they are virtually maintenance free. Beams & posts are custom designed to be structurally compliant to the wind zone specific to each project undertaken. They are also designed to incorporate wall infills such as outdoor blinds, frameless glass Sliding or Slide & Turn doors as well as a range of louvre shutters or louvre panel infills.
new structures Louvretec Aluminium Frames & Posts Aluminium frames and posts are an ideal framework for your Louvretec Room. Consider possible wall infill options as these can determine frame design, post size and location, as well as the method of storm water run-off and electrical wiring requirements. Choice of colour is also an important consideration at this point. The beams and posts can be powder coated to match existing fascia or house colours. In many instances the Opening Roof may be a different colour – generally Opening Roofs tend to suit lighter colours.
new structures Wooden Frames & Posts Discuss design options with Louvretec to ensure the opening roof and infill panels are an optimum fit within the opening. Louvretec recommends the use of Glulam structural timber that will withstand the elements. Ensure correct timber is used that will withstand the elements and not be subject to warping, expanding or contracting.
existing structures Sometimes existing structures, such as a well-made pergola can be modified to take an Opening Roof. Some modifications can work well, or it may be best to start again – discuss options with your Louvretec Dealer.
3:08
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room step 3 OPENING ROOF
STEP 3 OPENING ROOF Choosing the best system for your situation is made easy with Louvretec’s range of seven Opening Roofs, as shown below. A visit to your nearest Louvretec showroom is strongly recommended – see the actual range of options available before deciding. Blade choice also depends on optimum spans required and relevant wind zones. Bigger spans and higher wind speeds require heavy duty blades – all available as part of the new Louvretec product range.
opening roof options
200 super roof
200 super roof lite
200 super roof lite curved
180 linear
180 classic
260 translucent
200 SUBURBAN DIRECT
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:09
louvretec room STEP 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM
STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS wall infill options There is a range of Louvretec wall infill options available. Airfoil Sun Louvres range: Sliding, bifolding, plantation shutters, adjustable panels Rectangular Sun Louvres range: Sliding, bifolding, plantation shutters, adjustable panels Outdoor Blinds: Mesh, clear PVC Frameless Glass Doors: Sliding, Slide & Turn
AIRFOIL SUN LOUVRES Choose the style of louvre blade. Louvretec offers a range of different Airfoil Sun Louvres ranging in size from 70mm to 200mm. Louvre Panels: Fixed, hand adjustable, motorised Louvre Doors: Sliding, bifolding, hinged Louvre Windows: Sliding, bifolding, hinged plantation shutters
airfoil sun louvre options
3:10
70 MINI
90 MIDI
120 AIRFOIL
180 AIRFOIL
150 MIDI AIRFOIL
200 MAXI
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room step 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM
STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS rectangular sun louvres Choose the style of louvre blade. Louvretec offers a range of different Rectangular Sun Louvres ranging in size from 95mm to 200mm. Louvre Panels: Fixed, hand adjustable, motorised Louvre Doors: Sliding, bifolding, hinged Louvre Windows: Sliding, bifolding, hinged plantation shutters
rectangular sun louvre options
95 bella vista
95 bella vista heavy
120 flush
200 flush
125 weatherboard
180 weatherboard
135mm HI SPAN
165mm HI SPAN
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:11
louvretec room STEP 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM
STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS outdoor blinds Outdoor Blinds vary according to the wind zone and climatic conditions the blind will operate in. The majority of Louvretec Outdoor Blinds are between 2.2m - 2.8m high and span between 2.0m - 5.0m wide. Outdoor Blinds can be motorised, spring assisted push/pull or with an easy use crank driven gearbox.
Clear PVC Outdoor Blinds Clear PVC blinds have two advantages over Mesh blinds. One they can be clearly seen through, if this is a requirement and two, they provide better protection from driving wind and rain. Due to the fact Clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat and contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry the same warranties as Mesh.
Mesh Outdoor Blinds There is a wide range of coloured mesh cloth available. Mesh comes in varying degrees of openness, choose depending on the degree of shelter, privacy and protection required. Mesh has better warranties than Clear PVC and is more stable and better performing when used in Outdoor Blinds.
3:12
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room step 4 ENCLOSING YOUR ROOM
STEP 4 ENCLOSURE OPTIONS sunflex - ALL-GLASS SLIDING OR slide & TURN DOORS AND WINDOWS Louvretec is pleased to introduce Sunflex all glass Sliding and Slide & Turn doors and windows. European designed, these unique all-glass Frameless Panels create a perfect, fully adjustable wall infill for The Louvretec Room. All panels are glazed with 10mm toughened safety glass.
ALL-GLASS FRAMELESS slide & TURN SYSTEM SF25 Enjoy complete versatility with this Slide & Turn system. Each panel is individually movable, enabling the entire frontage to be parked as a narrow stack on the side. This gives a totally impediment free opening with clear passage from the inside to outside. The opened panels require very little space.
All-Glass Frameless Sliding System SF20 The frameless design of this sliding system ensures optimum visual transparency at all times to your Louvretec Room. On opening or closing the first panel, the other panels are opened or closed by an interlocking follower. Ball bearing bottom rolling carriages ensure smooth running of the panels. Internal or external locking of the sliding panels (optional).
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:13
louvretec room STEP 5 finishing touches
STEP 5 finishing touches - lighting let there be light Further enhance your Louvretec Room with Lighting including Strip lights, Downlights and Projector Lights.
DI MONTAGGIO NSTRUCTIONS
W
A comprehensive new range of lighting options developed specifically for The Louvretec Room. Using Italian designed Teleco/Inlumina products Louvretec can now offer lighting solutions that greatly extend the time spent in your covered outdoor entertaining and living space.
Alim.
Note 4 simple lighting options
24Vdc
ormative europee th European
Incasso / Interni 1. louvretec led blade lighting Recessed / Indoorunder blades or frame
Incasso / Esterni Recessed / Outdoor
o su superfici li normally
uzzi d’acqua otected
2. LOUVRETEC strip gutter lighting to inside face of gutter
Prodotto compatibile con funzione dimmer Dimmer function compatible product
È vietato lo smaltimento come rifiuto urbano It is forbidden getting rid of as urban waste.
3. LOUVRETEC downlights in conduit under frame
4. lOUVRETEC projector lights fixed externally to louvretec frame
3:14
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
louvretec room step 5 finishing touches
PLATINUM
SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC
FEATURES:
STEP 5 FINISHING TOUCHES - heating •
Efficient & Powerful Infrared Heating Technology
create a cozy haven • High Quality Stainless Steel Construction The perfect synergy of modern design and outstanding heating performance. •
Minimal Light Emission
•
Heat Zones — one or more heaters can be switched on and off simultaneously from a single remotelocated switch Strong, efficient infrared heat combined with an ulra-thin and stylish
design -the new Platinum Smart-Heat® Electric complements the • Can be integrated into smart control systems atmosphere of your Louvretec Room. •
IPX5 water protection rating
•
Suitable for outdoor and indoor heating applications – both commercial and residential
New and innovative radiant outdoor heating technology has been • Standard included withboasts heater. developed by Bromic Mounting resulting in bracket an electric heater that optimal heat output in a high end minimalist frame. Optional Mounting Accessories: • Ceiling Recess ( flush )
177mm
•
838mm 54mm
SMART-HEAT™ ELECTRIC
250
2200W
838 x 177 x 54 mm
Finish Approval
7.5kg
2400
Dimensions (WxHxDmm)
2615
220-240V - a.c. - 50/60Hz / 9.3 Amps
250
1800
Power connection required (Volts/Amps)
Weight (kg)
CEILING
CEILING
2400
Heat Output (Watts)
CEILING MOUNTING
WALL MOUNTING
215
PLATINUM
brushed stainless steel AISI 304 CE
FLOOR
FLOOR
BROMICHEATING.COM HEAD OFFICE: 1 Suttor Street, Silverwater, Sydney NSW 2128 Australia HEAD OFFICE POSTAL: PO Box 6062, Silverwater, Sydney NSW 1811 Australia T: 1300 276 642 (within Australia) or +61 2 9748 3900 (from overseas) F: +61 2 9748 4289 E: info@bromicheating.com W: www.bromicheating.com
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3:15
frameless glass sliding systems
frameless glass sliding systems
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SF20 All Glass Sliding System
4.06 - 4.08
SF25 All Glass Slide & Turn System
4.09 - 4.11
4:01
4:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUNFLEX FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING SYSTEMS
Expand your horizons. High quality all glass Sliding and Slide & Turn systems.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
4:03
sunflex frameless glass walls gallery
2.
1.
3.
1. sf20 glass sliding doors opened 2. sf20 glass sliding doors
4:04
4.
3. sf25 glass slide & Turn doors OPENING & STACKED
4. sf20 glass sliding doors stacked open
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sunflex frameless glass walls gallery
5.
6.
7.
5. sf20 glass sliding doors closed
8.
6. sf20 glass sliding doors in a commercial space
7. sf25 glass slide & turn doors opened and stacked 8. sf20 glass sliding doors opening
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
4:05
sunflex frameless glass sliding systems overview
Technical details SF20 GLASS SLIDING DOORS
SUNFLEX SF20 GLASS SLIDING DOORS all glass sliding system Louvretec is pleased to introduce SUNFLEX Glass Sliding doors to the Australian and New Zealand market. Designed in Germany, SUNFLEX all-glass systems are market leaders in both sliding and slide and turn technology. Enhance, protect and enjoy your outdoor spaces without compromising your view.
multiple panel all glass sliding doors
SUNFLEX’s all-glass sliding system the SF20 is designed specifically for closing in outdoor spaces. Ideal as wall infills for Louvretec Rooms, or simply for closing off any outdoor deck space. SF20 Glass Sliding Doors are an excellent option for internal movable walls or office partitions. On opening and closing the first sliding panel, the other panels are automatically opened and closed by interlocking followers. The bottom rolling floor mounted installation means wide openings can be achieved without additional roof support. Ball bearing mounted carriages ensure the optimum and smooth running of the panels. all glass sliding doors, opening roofs over pool
end detail all glass sliding doors
4:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Systeminformation Systeminformation Systeminformation Systeminformation
sunflex frameless glass sliding systems system information
system information Sunflex sf20 glass sliding doors
sUNFLEX SF20 GLASS SLIDING DOORS system information The following is a summary of information on the SF20 Glass Sliding Doors.
sf20
- Floor mounted sliding system - Sliding to the left or right as desired - 15mm panel construction depth - With 1 - 5 track slide and guide rail - Follower function for sliding panel means system is easy to use Floor rail can beofintegrated the(optional) floor to provide internal or external locking of the internal slidingorpanels external (optional) locking the slidinginto panels g system floor-mounted sliding system internal or external locking of the sliding panels (optional) internal internal or external or external locking of locking the sliding of the panels sliding (optional) panels (optional) floor-mounted sliding system an unobstructed living space. floor-mounted floor-mounted sliding system sliding system ight as desired sliding to the left or right as desired unpressurised drainage and easyunpressurised cleaning duedrainage to optimum andlength easy cleaning of rails due to optimum length of rails sliding to the left or right as desired unpressurised drainage and easy cleaning due to sliding to sliding the left to or the right left as or desired right as desired unpressurised unpressurised drainage drainage and easy and cleaning easy cleaning due to optimum due to optimum length of length rails length of rails of rails - Internal or external locking of the sliding panelsoptimum ction depth15 mm panel construction depth glazing with toughened safety glass glazing with toughened safety glass 15 mm4-, panel construction depth 15 mm panel 15 mm construction panel construction depth depth glazing with toughened safety glass glazing with glazing toughened with toughened safety glass safety glass 5- or 6-track with slide 1-, and 2-, guide 3-, rail 5or 6-track slide and guide rail internal orofexternal locking ofpanels the panels (optional) panel structure of 8 or 10internal mm panel structure 8 or mm or external locking of10 the sliding internal or(optional) external locking oflocking the sliding panels (optional) internal or external of sliding the(optional) sliding panels (optional) floor-mounted sliding system floor-mounted sliding system floor-mounted sliding system floor-mounted sliding system with 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- means orand 6-track slide guide with 1-,means with 2-, 3-, 1-, 4-, 2-,the 53-,left or4-, 6-track 5or slide 6-track slide guide and railguide panel structure of 8and or 10 mm sliding panel follower system easy sliding to use panel system isand easyrail to userail panel structure panel structure of 8 drainage or 10 ofdrainage mm 8or or 10 mm -unpressurised Unpressurised drainage and due torails length or right as desired unpressurised easy cleaning due to optimum of rails sliding to thesliding left ortoright as desired sliding tofunction the lefttoisfor or right as desired powder coating (RAL) or Eloxal (EURAS) powder coating (RAL) Eloxal (EURAS) unpressurised drainage and easy cleaning due toeasy optimum length of unpressurised and easy cleaning duecleaning to optimum length oflength rails sliding the left or right as desired drainage and easy cleaning due to optimum of rails follower function formeans sliding panel is to use an follower follower function function for sliding for panel sliding panel system means system easy tosystem isthe use easyfloor toeasy use ip coating floor be rail with anti-slip into the coating floor to can provide be integrated anismeans into to provide powder coating (RAL) orsafety Eloxal (EURAS) powder powder coating (RAL) coating orsafety (RAL) Eloxal or (EURAS) Eloxal (EURAS) 15integrated mm panel construction depth 15 mmcan panel construction depth 15 mm panel construction depth 15 mm panel construction depth glazing with toughened glassglass optimum length ofsafety rails glazing with toughened glass glazing with toughened safety glass glazing with toughened floor railanti-slip with anti-slip can be integrated thetofloor an floorunobstructed railfloor withrail anti-slip with coating can coating be coating integrated can beslide integrated into the into floorrail the tointo provide floor provide an to provide an pacewith space 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-,or4-, 5or and guide 1-,with 2-,with 3-,with 4-,living 5- or 6-track slide and guide rail 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 56-track andslide guide railguide 1-, 2-, 3-, 5-6-track or slide 6-track and rail of panel structure 8structure orstructure 10 panelpanel structure of with 8mm or 810 -of Glazing toughened 10mm safety glass panel oformm 810 ormm 10 mm unobstructed living space unobstructed unobstructed living space living space follower for sliding panel means system is easy to use followerfollower function for function sliding means system issystem easy to use function for panel sliding panel means issystem easy toisuse follower function for sliding panel means easy to use powder coating (RAL) or Eloxal (EURAS) powderpowder coating (RAL) or(RAL) Eloxal or(EURAS) Eloxal powder coating (RAL) or(EURAS) Eloxal (EURAS) -coating Powdercoated finish floor rail with anti-slip coating canintegrated beinto integrated the floor an an railfloor with anti-slip coating can be integrated floorinto to into provide anto provide rail with anti-slip coating can be into the floor to provide floor rail with anti-slip coating can bethe integrated the floor to an provide es floor Kinds of handles space unobstructed living unobstructed living space unobstructed living space Kinds ofliving handles Kinds Kinds of unobstructed handles of space handles 13
24
6 6 1 Plastic knob, Ø 50 mm Plastic6knob, Ø6 50 mm 1 knob, Plastic Ø 50 2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 501 mm 2 Stainless Plastic Plastic1Østeel knob, 50 mm Øknob, 50Ømm knob, 50 mmmm 2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 50 mm 2 Stainless 2 Stainless choice of handles 3 3 steel knob, steel Ø knob, 50 mm Ø 50 mm stainless 80 mm stainless steel mould, Ø 80 mm 1 6 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 34 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 Recessed 6 6 steel 6 mould, ØRecessed 3 Recessed stainless steel mould, Ø 80 mm 3 Recessed 3 Recessed 4 Acryl glass handle, 70 x 15 4 Acryl stainless stainless steel mould, steel Ømould, 80 Ø 80 mm x 10 mm glass handle, 70 x 15 xmm 10mm mm 1 Plastic 1 Plastic1 knob, 1knob, knob, Ø 50 mm Ø 50 mm Plastic Ø 50 mm Plastic knob, Ø 50 1 Plastic knob, 5 50mm 4 Acryl glass handle, 70 x 15 x 10 mm 4 Acryl 4 Acryl interior 5 Stainless steel handle with glass handle, glass handle, 70 x 15 70 x 10 x 15 mm x 10 mm lock steel handle with lock 2 2 Stainless 2 Stainless 2knob, Stainless knob, 50Ømm steel 50steel mm Stainless steelØsteel knob, Ø knob, 50Ømm Stainless 50 mm 2 Stainless steel knob, 50mm 5 Stainless steel handle with lock interior interiorinterior 5 Stainless 5 Stainless 6 Stainless steel handle with 6 Stainless steel handle steel with handle lock with lock lock steel handle with lock 3 3 Recessed 3 Recessed 3 Recessed stainless mould, 80Ømm stainless steel mould, Ø 80 mm stainless steelsteel mould, Ømould, 80Ømm Recessed stainless steel 80 mm 6mould, 6stainless 6 steel 3 Recessed 80mm Stainless steel handle with lock Stainless Stainless steel handle steelhandle, with handle lock with lock and strike box strike box 4handle, 4 Acryl glass 4 and 4 Acryl Acryl glass x70 10xmm 70glass x 15handle, x 10 mm Acryl glass handle, 70 x70 15 x15 10xx15 mm 10 mm strike box 4 Acryl glass handle, 70 x5 strike 15and x box 10mm and5 strike and box interior / exterior interior / exterior interior 5 Stainless interior / exterior interior / exterior interior interior 5 Stainless interior handle with locklock steel handle with lock Stainless steelsteel handle with lockwith Stainless steel handle interior / exterior interior /interior interior / exterior5 Stainless6steel interior / interior exterior / exterior exterior / exterior handle with lock 6 6 6handle Stainless handle with locklock StainlessStainless steel with lock steelsteel handle with lockwith exterior Stainless steel handle 6 Stainless steel handle withand lock & strike exterior exteriorexterior and strike box and strike andbox strike boxstrike box box interior / exterior interior interior / exterior /interior exterior interior / exterior / exterior /interior exterior / exterior interior interior / exterior Handling exterior exterior exterior exterior Handling Handling Handling
of handles 12 of 23 Kinds1Kinds ofKinds handles of handles handles 1Kinds 2
3
5 3
34
4
4
6 4 5
5
5
5
1
operation
Handling Handling Handling Handling
Large opening area with openedLarge elements opening area with opened elements ening panel Unlock and slide the opening Easypanel displacement of the elements Easybydisplacement integrated of the elements by integrated Largewith opening areaopened with opened elements Unlock andthe slide the opening Easyofdisplacement ofbythe elements by integrated Large opening Large opening area area opened with elements elements Unlock and Unlock slide and theslide opening opening panel panel panel Easy followers displacement Easy displacement the elements of the elements integrated by integrated followers followers 3 3 followersfollowers Unlock slide the opening Unlock and slide theand opening panel Unlock and slide theslide opening panelpanel Unlock and the opening panel
3
3
3
opening area with opened elements displacement ofelements the by integrated Large opening area with opened elements LargeLarge opening area witharea opened elements Easy displacement ofdisplacement the elements byelements integrated Easy Easy displacement of the by integrated Large opening with opened elements Easy of the elements by integrated followers followers followers followers
3
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
3 3 3
4:07
Guías inferiores sobrepuesta y embutida La guía embutible cumple según normativas para el paso de los mínusvalidos y también se puede poner perfiles adicionales que forman una rampa para evitar accidents y poner el uso más comfortable todavía. typical detail : sf 20 all glass sliding system
section
3/16“ (4.5 mm)
Drainage and cleaning A sloping base construction and optimally shortened rail lengths permit unpressurised drainage and simple cleaning of the floor rail. The anti-slip inserts ensure the floor rail surface is safe to walk on.
paso por delante ...
Drenaje y limpieza Drenaje sin presión y limpieza sencilla de las vías inferiores gracias al montaje inferior oblicuo y a la óptima reducción de la longitud de las bridas de deslizamiento. El recubrimiento antideslizante permite pisar la vía inferior sin peligro. 5/8“ (15 mm)
Height adjustment To compensate structural variations the integrated rollers can be adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm). Ajuste de alturas Para compensar tolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la altura de los rodillos una vez montados hasta 4,5 mm.
Always one step ahead ... l Siempre un paso por delante ...
details
Height compensation The ceiling rail adjusts to height differences up to 5/8“ (15 mm).
5/8“ (15 mm)
Compensación de alturas La vía superior admite tolerancias de hasta 15 mm.
Raised sill and flush sill Sealing The ADA compliant low profile can be deliveredand withprotection ramp profiles Maximum transparency, permanent ventilation (low profile raised to prevent injuries with the height against driving rain sill) are ensured byany 1“ (25 mm)oroverlapping panels compensating when closed. wing profiles (low profile flush sill). Impermeabilidad Guías inferiores sobrepuesta y embutida Máxima transparencia, aireación y rechazo de de la lluvia La guía mechanism embutible cumple según permanente normativas para el paso los Locking frontal gracias ya también un recubrimiento 25 mm de los paneles cuando mínusvalidos se puede de poner perfiles adicionales que Optionally an insert handle, a lock and a locking mechanism can be están cerrados. forman una rampa para evitar accidents 3/16“ y poner el uso más comforfitted to the panel internally and externally. (4.5 mm) table todavía. Bloqueo Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una cerradura y un bloqueo de los paneles interior y exterior.
Height adjustment To compensate structural variations the integrated rollers can be adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm). Ajuste de alturas Para compensar tolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la altura de los rodillos una vez montados hasta 4,5 mm. Drainage and cleaning A sloping base construction and optimally shortened rail lengths permit unpressurised drainage and simple cleaning of the floor rail. The anti-slip inserts ensure the floor rail surface is safe to walk on.
4:08
Locking Drenajemechanism y limpieza Optionally anpresión insert handle, a lock and adelocking can be al Drenaje sin y limpieza sencilla las víasmechanism inferiores gracias Convenience fitted to the paneloblicuo internally externally. montaje inferior y aand la óptima reducción de la longitud de las Opening closing of panels is made easyantideslizante due to integrated catchers bridas deand deslizamiento. El recubrimiento permite pisar Bloqueo allowing each sin contiguous la vía inferior peligro. panel to follow the main panel. Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una Confort y un bloqueo de los paneles interior y exterior. cerradura Al abrir y cerrar la puerta corrediza, el siguiente panel se abre o cierra también gracias al sistema de arrastre incorporado.
Height frame compensation Vertical The ceiling railprofiles adjustswith to height up tooptimum 5/8“ (15resistance mm). Vertical frame brushdifferences gaskets ensure against high driving rain and winds. Compensación de alturas Marco La vía vertical superior admite tolerancias de hasta 15 mm. Mayor resistencia al viento y a la lluvia torrencial mediante los perfiles de marco verticales opcionales con burlete de cepillo. Ease of operation Hidden rollers utilizing ball-bearings with noise-inhibiting contact surfaces provide for smooth and effortless movement of the sliding panels. Ligereza Deslizamiento ligero de los paneles gracias a los rodillos ocultos y a las superficies amortiguadoras del ruido. Locking mechanism Optionally an insert handle, a lock and a locking mechanism can be 3/16“ fitted to the panel internally and externally.
(4.5 mm)
Bloqueo Con carácter opcional se puede instalar un tirador de concha, una 1 2 interior y exterior. cerradura y un bloqueo de los paneles
Ea Hid su pa
Lig De las
Height adjustment 3 4 rollers can be To compensate structural variations the integrated adjusted in height up to 3/16“ (4.5 mm). Ajuste de alturas Ease operationtolerancias de construcción es posible ajustar la Paraofcompensar altura de los rodillos vez montados 4,5 mm. contact Hidden rollers utilizinguna ball-bearings withhasta noise-inhibiting Kinds ofprovide handlesfor smooth and effortless movement of the sliding surfaces 1 PVC knob, Ø 2“ (50 mm) 2 Stainless steel knob, Ø 2“ (50 mm) panels. 3 Recessed stainless steel mould, Ø 3 5/32“ (80 mm) 4 Stainless Ligereza DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: @ A4 FILE: 4.08 steel C-Pull handle 12“ (3001:5mm) www.louvretec.co.nz Deslizamiento ligero de los paneleswww.louvretec.com.au gracias a los rodillos ocultos y a ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. Tipos de manijas las superficies amortiguadoras del ruido. 1 Pomo PVC, Ø 50mm 2 Pomo inox, Ø 50mm 3 Pomo Redondo de badsén inox empotrado en el cristal, Ø 80 mm Convenience 4
Kin
sunflex frameless glass sliding systems overview
Technical details SF25 GLASS SLIDING DOORS
SUNFLEX SF25 GLASS SLIDE & TURN DOORS all glass slide and turn system Louvretec is pleased to introduce SUNFLEX Glass Slide & Turn doors to the Australian and New Zealand market. Designed in Germany, SUNFLEX all-glass systems are market leaders in both sliding and slide and turn technology. Enhance, protect and enjoy your outdoor spaces without compromising your view. SUNFLEX’s all-glass Slide & Turn SF25 system enhances the look and function of any outdoor area. When opened enjoy wide open spaces, with the stacked panels providing an attractive contrast between glass and wall. The individually movable, unconnected glass panels can be opened over the entire frontage and parked as a narrow stack on the side. An impediment-free passage from inside to outside is ensured and visual appearance is not impaired. The opened panels require very little space. multiple panels sf25 glass slide & TUrn doors sliding & stacked
slide & turn doors and sliding all-glass windows
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
4:09
sunflex frameless glass sliding systems system information
system information sunflex sF25 GLASS slide & turn doors
SUNFLEX SF25 glass slide & turn doors system information The following is a summary of information on the SF25 Glass Slide & Turn Doors.
sf25 - Low wear and maintenance free fittings - Different bottom tracks - Pressure-free drainage of bottom track by inclined floor construction - Catch channel at the inside of the bottom track to drain condensation and cleaning waters low-wearlow-wear and maintenance-free fittings with low-wear and maintenance-free and maintenance-free fittings fittings - Top hung construction a choice of flush or weather-proof bottom different bottom tracks different different bottom tracks bottom tracks track options pressure-free drainage of bottomdrainage by of inclined pressure-free pressure-free drainage oftrack bottom track bottom byfloor inclined trackconstruction by floor inclined construction floor construction - Horizontal running mechanism with triple stainless steel ball bearings and catch channel the inside of the drain condensation catchatchannel catch at channel the inside atbottom the of inside thetrack bottom oftothe track bottom to drain track condensation to drain condensation carbon fibre reinforced polyamide wheels and cleaning and waters cleaning and cleaning waters waters - Inwards oraconstruction outwards opening of the top-hungtop-hung construction with choice top-hung construction withofa flush choice withorof aweather-proof choice flush orofpanels weather-proof flush bottom or weather-proof bottom bottom - Choice of panel partition and sliding direction track options track options track options horizontalhorizontal running mechanism with triple steel ball bearings and - Height compensation ofstainless uptriple towith 22mm (+-11mm) horizontal running mechanism running mechanism with stainless triple stainless steel ballsteel bearings ball bearings and and carbon fibre-reinforced polyamide wheels carbon- fibre-reinforced carbon fibre-reinforced polyamide wheelsbridge wheels Double brush seal withpolyamide plastic at top and bottom of the glass panels inwards orinwards outwards opening ofopening theinsulation panels or inwards outwards or outwards of opening the up panels oftothe - Airborne sound Rwpanels 34dB according to DIN EN IS0140-3 choice of panel and sliding direction choice-partition ofGlass choice panelthickness partition of panel partition and direction sliding directionon requirements of 8 sliding and and 10mm depending height compensation of up to 22 mm) height compensation height compensation of mm up to(+-11 22 of up mm to(+-11 22 mm mm) (+-11 mm) double brush sealbrush with plastic bridge at top andatbottom ofbottom the and glass panels double double seal brush with seal plastic with bridge plastic bridge top and at top ofbottom the glass of the panels glass panels airborne sound insulation up to Rw 34 dB according to DIN EN ISO 140-3 airborne airborne sound insulation sound insulation up to Rwup 34todBRw according 34 dB according to DIN ENtoISODIN 140-3 EN ISO 140-3 glass thickness of 8glass and thickness 10 onmm staticdepending requirements glass thickness of 8mm anddepending of 108mm anddepending 10 on static requirements on static requirements screwed glazing effortless futurefor replacement of glass screwedforglazing screwed for glazing effortless effortless future replacement future replacement of glass of glass
Handling Handling Handling operation
Simple opening operation of a turn knob Easy sliding and turning ofturning the and individual elements Large opening when elements arewhen opened Simpleby opening Simple by opening operation by operation of a turn of knob a turn knob Easy sliding Easyand sliding ofturning the individual of the individual elementselements Largespace opening Large space opening when space elements elements are opened are ope
6
4:10
6
6
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : sf25 glass slide & turn system Details
section
Details Details
Details Details 97±11mm
Details
Height compensation height compensation profile allows a height adjustment of up to 22 mm
Top track withwith vertical flangeTopflange Top track horizontal Topcompensation track with vertical flange Height compensation Height Height Topfla tr HeightHeight compensation Top track with vertical flange track Top track flange compensation Topwith trackhorizontal with horizon compensation Topwith trackvertical with vertical flange height allows a height height compensation profile withwith vertical flange height compensation horizontal height compensation profile allows a height height compensation profile with vertical flange hei heightprofile compensation profileprofile allows a height heightprofile compensation profile withprofile vertical flange height compensation profi height compensation profile allows acompensation height height compensation profile with vertical flange height compensatio height compensation allows a height height compensation with vertical flange of 22 up mm to 22 mm flange adjustment of up to 22 mm fla flange flange adjustment of up toof22 mm adjustment upadjustment to 22adjustment mm of up to screw cap with cover clipscrew cap scre with screw capcover withclip cove
nsation Top vertical track with vertical flange Top horizontal track with flange horizontal flange Top track with flange Top track with pensation profile allows a height height compensation height compensation with horizontal height compensation vertical flange rofile allows a height height compensation profile withprofile horizontal profile withprofile verticalwith flange of up to 22 mm flange mm flange screw cap clip with cover clip screw cap with cover
nge rofile with vertical flange
Top track with horizontal flange height compensation profile with horizontal flange screw cap with cover clip
Handle Turn knob (SF25, SF30)
details
Glass srewed glazing, glass possible
Glass Bendi Glass GlassBendings Handle Bendings Handle Glass Glass Bendings Handle HandleHandle :6, 8corner srewed glass thickness 6,10 8 angle or mm angle continuously for glazing, glass thickness 6, 8 or 10 mmthickness cor srewed glazing, glass oradjustable mm10 continuously Turn srewed knob -(SF25, SF30) Turn knob (SF25, SF30) Turn knob srewedsrewed glazing, glass 6, corner 8 orglazing, 10 original design corner angle contin glazing, glass thickness 6, 8mm orthickness 10 mm knob (SF25, SF30) - latest design Turn(SF25, knob SF30) (SF25,Turn SF30) possible upper rail and height compensation profile possible upp possible upper rail and height comp possiblepossible upper rail and heigh
SF25, SF30)
Glass Bendings Bendings Glass angle continuously adjustable for srewed glazing, glass6,thickness 6, 8 or 10 mm corner anglecorner continuously adjustable for srewed glazing, glass thickness 8 or 10 mm upper rail and height compensation profile upper rail and height compensation profile possible possible
hickness 6, 8 or 10 mm
Bendings corner angle continuously adjustable for upper rail and height compensation profile
Carriage system completetly stainless steel carriage system
Covering flap carriage recess with c
Carriage system Covering Carriage system Covering flap Panelflap guidance system flap CarriageCarriage systemsystem Carriage Covering flap flap Covering Panel guidance Covering Panel guidance Panel completetly stainless steelcovering carriage system carriage recess withguidance covering flap opening completetly stainless steel carriage system carriage recess flap optimal when and guida completetly stainless steelwith carriage system carriage recess withpanel covering flap optimal opt completetly stainless steel carriage system carriage recess with flap panel guidance wh completetly stainless steel carriage system carriage recesscovering with covering flap optimal panel closing clos closingclosing
m Covering flap Covering flap stainless steel carriage system carriage with eel carriage system carriage recess with recess covering flapcovering flap
ering flap
Top track with vertical fl height compensation
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 4.11 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Panel guidance optimal panel guidance when opening and
Panel guidance Panel guidance optimal panelwhen guidance when optimal panel guidance opening andopening and closing closing 4:11
RETRACT SYSTEMS
retractable opening roof and sun louvres 220 Retract Opening Roof
5.10 - 5.14
220 Retract Sun Louvres
5.16 - 5.20
louvretec convertible rooms Convertible roofs and walls
5.21 - 5.24
retractable external venetian blinds External Venetian Blinds Overview
5.25 - 5.31
outdoor retractable mesh and pvc blinds
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Mesh and Clear PVC blinds
5.32 - 5.38
Maintenance information
5.39
Warranty information
5.40
5:01
5:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACTABLE SYSTEMS
RETRACT SYSTEMS
Enjoy weather protection and the flexibility to retract away when desired
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:03
RETRACT SYSTEMS GALLERY
1.
3.
2.
1. RETRACTABLE OPENING ROOF 2. RETRACTABLE SUN LOUVRES
5:04
4.
3. RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF 4. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE CLEAR PVC BLINDS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT SYSTEMS GALLERY
RETRACT SYSTEMS
5.
7.
6.
5. RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS CLOSED
8.
6. RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OPEN
7. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE MESH BLINDS 8.. OUTDOOR RETRACTABLE PVC BLINDS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:05
RETRACT SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
RETRACT SYSTEMS options at a glance
why retract? There is an ever increasing range of outdoor sun control products that have the added feature of retracting when not in use. In many ways these provide the best of both worlds. Functional when needed, retracted or out of sight when not in use. The options are many and varied and cover a wide range of products and end user applications. In this section Louvretec is pleased to present for your consideration it’s ever increasing range of such systems.
1. retractable opening roof and sun louvres Working in conjunction with Advanced Design Innovations (ADI) Louvretec installed our first Retractable Opening Roofs in Sydney in 2012 There has been considerable ongoing development of this product since this time – a new generation Retractable Opening Roof will be unveiled in our Auckland Outdoor Center in 2017, contact Louvretec for updated information and technical details. This system is also being adapted to be used with our 200 Maxi-Louvre in a vertical panel sun louvre configuration.
2. louvretec convertible rooms With the touch of a button your covered outdoor entertaining space becomes your fully outdoor entertaining space, or vice versa. Create your Louvretec convertible room with a retractable roof and retractable clear pvc or mesh shade blinds, or frameless glass sliding or tilt and turn systems.
5:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
RETRACT SYSTEMS options at a glance
3. louvretec retractable external venetian blinds Retractable external venetian blinds are one of the most effective solutions for reducing energy consumption, regulating internal temperature, and controlling privacy and sunlight. Enjoy the great benefits of external shading.
4. louvretec outdoor mesh and pvc blinds Louvretec offers a range of both Mesh & Clear PVC Outdoor Blinds. These can be motorised, geared driven or manually raised, and are available in a wide selection of powdercoat and fabric colours.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:07
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS GALLERY
blades closed
blades open
blades retracting.....
1. RETRACTABLE OPENING ROOF 2. RETRACTABLE SUN LOUVRES
5:08
x :x
3. GIBUS MED FABRIC RETRACTABLE ROOF
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS GALLERY
blades retracting...
blades retracting...
blades retracted
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:09
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF
220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF engineered retractable opening roof The all-new 220 Retract Opening Roof has been carefully engineered to incorporate a number of unique features: • Designed to be manufactured in module sizes of up to 5800mm long, the heavy duty 220mm blade spans from 5000mm in low wind zones down to 4000mm in extra high. • These unique and stylish louvres can be stacked to 28% of their opening space, then can be fully extended and then closed to form a sealable roof. •The louvres are rotated to 90 degrees for retracting and stacking, however can be extended fully open through to 135° to ensure the full benefits of an operable system. • As the louvre blades all retract to one end the 220 Retract is available in two distinct configurations:
1. FRAME FOUR SIDES
1. Frame four sides - with louvres stacking against house, or design permitting, under the soffit. 2. Frame three sides – allowing clear, open spaces when the louvres are in retract position. Side pivot frame requires either steel posts for 2. FRAME THREE SIDES - NO FRONT BEAM REQUIRED 2. FRAME THREE SIDES - NO FRONT BEAM REQUIRED
OPERATING YOUR RETRACT OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Wall switches
WALL SWITCH
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
5:10
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per sqm - opening system Blade centres - opening system
205 mm 14.83 kg/sqm 205 mm
Weight per linear metre - opening system Actual blade width
3.041 kg/lm 218 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
LOW
Factored wind speed at building
44 m/s 50 m/s 32 m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH 55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+1.1 & -1.38
+1.48 & -1.85
+2.09 & -2.61
+2.70 & -3.38
+3.27 & -4.08
220 Retract Opening Roof
5000
4900
4500
4300
4000
5600
STRUCTURAL FRAME SPECIFICATIONS • Structural 131mm x 260mm frame will free span 5000 mm in an extra high wind zone. Modified frame to be introduced later in 2017. Refer to Louvretec for details.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:11
TYPICAL DETAIL : 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF - FOUR SIDED FRAME DETAILS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
5:12
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 5.12
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RETRACTABLE 220 OPENING ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 220 RETRACT OPENING ROOF - FOUR SIDED STRUCTURAL FRAME
Four sided frame, blades fully extended in operating position
Four sided frame, blades fully retracted
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
5:135.13
RETRACT OPENING ROOFS 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RETRACTABLE 220 OPENING ROOF
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 220 OPENING ROOF SYSTEM - THREE SIDED STRUCTURAL FRAME
Three sided frame, blades fully extended in operating position
Three sided frame, blades fully retracted, no front beam required
5:14 5.14
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
RETRACT SUN LOUVRES GALLERY
2.
1.
3.
1. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES RETRACTING 2. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES CLOSED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
4.
3. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES FULLYCLOSED
4. RETRACT SUN LOUVRES FULLY OPEN
5:15
RETRACT SUN LOUVRES OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES
200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES sun control with a view Introducing the all-new 200 Retract Sun Louvre system – the ultimate way to control heat and glare without detracting from your view. • The Retract Sun Louvre system can operate both as a vertical façade or as an overhead louvre panel. •The system includes an in-built obstacle detection system that will stop the louvre panel retracting or the louvre blade from pivoting if an obstacle gets in the way. • The louvres are rotated to 90 degrees for retracting and stacking, however can be extended fully open through to 135 degrees to ensure the full benefits of an operable system. • When stacked, the louvre blades retract within 28% of their opening space. • As the louvre blades all retract to one end the 200 Retract Sun Louvre system can be supplied in two distinct configurations:
1. FRAME THREE SIDES, BLADES FULLY EXTENDED
1. Frame four sides – with louvres stacking at one end of frame. 2. Frame three sides – allowing one end to be completely clear when the louvres are fully retracted. This applies for vertical facades and overhead panels.
2. FRAME THREE SIDES, BLADES FULLY RETRACTED
OPERATING YOUR RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Wall switches
WALL SWITCH
OPTIONAL EXTRAS Enhance your site to suit your needs.
OPTIONS IN GUTTERS, BLADES, BEAMS, POSTS.
5:16
FREESTANDING OR INTEGRATED.
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT SUN LOUVRES SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per sqm - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 14.63 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per lineal metre - opening system Actual blade width
2.75 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB: Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Factored wind speed at building
44m/s 50m/s 32m/s 37m/s Self wt 158 km/hr 179 km/hr 115 km/hr 133 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
LOW
+1.1 & -1.38
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
+1.48 & -1.85 +2.09 & -2.61 +2.70 & -3.38
EXTRA HIGH 55m/s 198 km/hr
+3.27 & -4.08
200 Retract Sun Louvre
3700
3700
3550
2950
2600
2350
300 Retract Sun Louvre
4800
4800
4800
4200
3700
3350
STRUCTURAL FRAME SPECIFICATIONS • Structural 131 mm x 260 mm frame will free span 5000 mm in an extra high wind zone. Modified frame to be introduced later in 2017. Refer to Louvretec for details.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:17
TYPICAL DETAIL : 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE - BLADE ROTATION AND RETRACTION
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
5:18
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 5.18
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RETRACT SUN LOUVRES 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - VERTICAL PANEL
Three sided frame, blades fully extended.
Three sided frame, blades fully retracted.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
5:195:19
RETRACT SUN LOUVRES 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODEL 200 RETRACT SUN LOUVRE SYSTEM - OVERHEAD PANELS
Three sided frame, overhead panel, blades fully extended in operating position.
Three sided frame, overhead panel, blades fully retracted.
5:20
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF OPTIONS
LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS
ROOF CLOSED
why should cars have all the fun?
ROOF RETRACTING
ROOF RETRACTED
x :x
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Introducing Louvretec’s fully convertible outdoor room - with the touch of a button your covered outdoor entertaining space becomes your fully outdoor entertaining space, or vice versa. We have taken the great Australian and NZ architectural tradition of “everything has a flow to the outside” to another level. Louvretec has combined the latest European retractable fabric roofs with retractable mesh or PVC exterior walls to create what may well be “the most used room in the house”.
* At the time of going to print, Louvretec was still developing the complete convertible rooms package. Please contact your nearest Louvretec dealer for current product information and details.
5:21
LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF OPTIONS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS 5400 3400
Louvretec’s new retractable fabric roofs are an all-in-one solution for real outdoor living. This stylish design, when extended, offers protection from rain, heat and sun/UV rays. When retracted – out of sight, out of mind…
2700
KEY POINTS: • Provides UV, heat and weather protection. • Waterproof PVC fabric, available in a wide range of colours. • Flexibility of design – simply add another module. • Install into existing structures or custom designed spaces. • Architectural design and finishing – unobtrusive fixings to the wall or ceilings and ground.
300
0
• Design includes integrated gutter and downpipes – gutter is incorporated within the front rail and retracts with the roof leaving clear open spaces with no front beam required.
RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF - SINGLE MODULE
• When fully retracted the fabric is protected by a rigid cover. 00
• Tested to withstand winds that exert a maximum pressure of 110Nm or similar to a persistent wind speed of 49km/hr.
34
• Motorised (240v tubular motor) with remote control. • Optional sun/wind sensors & LED lighting.
2700
• Powder coat finishes available for aluminum frame, support bars and front rail.
• 5 years manufacturer’s warranty.
300
0
310
0
RETRACTABLE FABRIC ROOF - DOUBLE MODULE
5:22
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RETRACTABLE CONVERTIBLE ROOMS: ROOF AND WALL OPTIONS
LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS retractable mesh and PVC outdoor blinds Louvretec Outdoor Blinds are the perfect wall infill option to compliment a Convertible Room. They offer privacy and protection from sun, wind, rain and insects all year round, disappearing into a stylish head box when fully retracted.
ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND CLOSED
Mesh or clear PVC? There is the choice - both offering different features and benefits.
mesh outdoor blinds There is a wide range of coloured mesh available. Mesh comes in varying degrees of openness, choose depending on the degree of shelter, privacy and protection you require. Mesh has better warranties than clear PVC, and is more stable and better performing when used in outdoor blinds.
clear PVC outdoor blinds Clear PVC does however have two advantages over mesh blinds. One - they can be clearly seen through if this is a requirement. Two - they provide better protection from driving wind and rain. ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND RETRACTING
Due to the fact clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat and contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry the same warranties as mesh.
*For details on Louvretec Outdoor Blinds refer section 5:32-5:40 ROOF AND CLEAR PVC BLIND RETRACTED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:23
LOUVRETEC CONVERTIBLE ROOMS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RETRACTABLE CONVERTIBLE ROOMS ROOF AND WALL OPTIONS
SUNFLEX FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING SYSTEMS
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS CLOSED
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS CLOSED
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS HALF OPEN
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS HALF OPEN
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDING DOORS FULLY OPEN
ROOF AND FRAMELESS GLASS SLIDE AND TURN DOORS FULLY OPEN
For details on sunflex frameless glass sliding systems refer section 4:01 - 4:11
5:24
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS GALLERY
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS ABOVE AND BELOW A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:25
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS versatile and attractive sun protection systems Louvretec External Venetians are a perfect sustainable design option for today’s architecture. As a flexible and highly efficient sun and sight screen solution, they ensure optimum indoor climate control and comfort. Heat or cold need to be locked out – external venetians can reduce the energy requirements by up to 50%, providing protection and comfort all year round.
external venetian shading will: • Reduce solar glare and transmission. • Markedly reduce heat gain through glazing. • Provide shading and cooling in warmer months. • Allow for passive solar gain by the sun in winter. • Reduce household energy consumption and costs. • Enhance comfort and well-being living and working inside.
modern design Streamlined and functional, Louvretec External Venetians efficiently shade large expanses of glass while creating a striking façade. The aluminum slats of the blinds can be tilted to varying angles or retracted by remote control. Ideal when you need to control the natural light or glare and still maintain exterior views. Louvretec offers a range of styles and finishes, all able to be retracted and concealed when not in use. European component technology, coupled with a range of sun and wind sensors for optimal control ensures high performance shading solutions custom made to suit your requirements.
5:26
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS
operation Generally Louvretec External Venetians are lowered in the vertical closed (0 degrees) position and raised in the horizontal position (90 degrees). The slats can be tilted or rotated at various angles to suit, within a maximum 180 degrees operating range. In summer blades can be adjusted incrementally to control solar glare and heat gain whilst still allowing natural summer light. During winter available light and sun can be directed into the building to increase passive heat gain while minimizing glare. When not in use the blinds can be retracted and concealed in a pelmet or recess.
benefits The slats are aluminum, which provides high solar radiation reflection and low absorption and transmission values, therefore effectively reducing: • Household energy requirements. • CO2 and greenhouse gas emissions. • Expenditure. These systems maximize internal light and thermal comfort levels whilst allowing external views to be maintained.
slats The rolled edged slats for Louvretec External Venetians are manufactured from aluminum providing strength and flexibility. They are roll formed and machined and are scratch, shock and corrosion resistant. Available in a range of standard colours – please enquire.
tilting and lifting devices
TYPICAL DETAIL - RETRACTABLE EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLIND
• Bearings are located within the head rail, enabling the slats to alter angle direction smoothly and efficiently. • The slat is either rested or fastened to a ladder braid, with an anti-friction UV stable lift tape utilized to raise and lower the slat bundle.
specifications Min width Max width Max Height Max Area
500mm 4000mm 4600mm 11.5 m
customisations Available only as motorised with a choice of handheld remote control options. Optional extras include wind/sun sensors and other systems.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:27
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS
PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS - Extruded aluminium. - Available in a range of finishes and colours. - Can be installed into a recess during construction or retro fitted onto an existing facade.
TYPICAL WIRE GUIDED OPTION There are two basic wire guide fixing options; wire guide with face fix or wire guide with deck fix.
EV80 WIRE GUIDE WITH FACE FIX - 3.2mm stainless steel cable. - UV protected coating. - Surface mounted deck pates and wire tensioner.
EV80 WIRE GUIDE WITH DECK FIX - 3.2mm stainless steel cable. - UV protected coating. - Face fix application. - Angle bracket and wire tensioner. - 50mm - 128mm projection.
5:28
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS
TYPICAL SIDE CHANNEL GUIDED OPTION There are two basic channel guided options: side channel face fixed or side fixed.
2.3 EV80 Side Channel Type A
-Double and Single Typical Fixing
- Face fix application. - Telescopic brackets. - 75mm - 165mm projection. - Engineered keder inserts.
5 mm min
Double Connection
EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE A DOUBLE AND SINGLE
Single Stand off brackets available range from 75mm to 165mm.
2.4 EV80 Side Channel Type B
- Recess fit application
EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE B
5 mm min
- Side fix application. - Minimal fixing requirements. - Assits installation to foam or lightweight construction. - Engineered keder inserts.
75 mm min
2.5 EV80 Side Channel Type C
Typical Fixing
- Extended side channel
EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE C EXTENDED SIDE CHANNEL
Typical Fixing
Side channel with extension
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
- Face fix application. - Heavy duty channel for enhanced wind stability. - Minimal fixing requirements. - Assists installation to foam or lightweight construction. - Appealing integrated aesthetic. - Engineered keder inserts.
5:29
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW PROFILES, SIDE CHANNELS AND PELMETS / SLAT COLOURS
TYPICAL SIDE CHANNEL GUIDED OPTION (continued) 2.6 EV80 Side Channel Type D
Face or recess fix
EV80 SIDE CHANNEL TYPE D FACE OR RECEESS FIX - Side fix and double channel application. - Removable side panel for concealment of fixings. - Enhanced wind stabililty. - Minimal fixing requirements. - Assists installation to foam or lightweight construction. - Appealing integrated aesthetic.
Single
Double connection
Side channel in extension with removable cover Typical Fixing
Used back to back for double connection
SLAT COLOURS External venetian blinds are manufactured from roll formed aluminium and are available in a range of hard wearing standard colours. They are scratch, shock and corrosion resistant, chemically pre-treated and stove enameled. The colours shown are as accurately presented as possible, but are best used as a guide only. Actual colour swatches are available and persual is recommended prior to making final colour selection.
5:30
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC EXTERNAL VENETIAN BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW CONTROL SYSTEMS
SOMFY
SOMFY MODVAR
As shown throughout this Design Manual, Somfy’s unique and stylish range provides users with the ultimate control convenience – all at the touch of a button.
The revolutionary scroll wheel allows for precise adjustment of venetian blind slats – perfect for managing the level of heat and light in the room. Either in 1 or 5 channel and in a broad range of colours.
WIRED TECHNOLOGY Ideal when simple wall switch operation is required, or when connecting to a home or building automation system. Wired technology can be upgraded to RTS by replacing the wired controls with a Centralis Uno RTS with inbuilt radio receiver.
The MY function first lowers then tilts the blinds to a preset blade angle of 45° for optimal sun protection.
RTS TECHNOLOGY
OUTDOOR RADIO RECEIVER
Radio Technology Somfy (RTS) offer a range of wireless remote control systems with ranges of 200m in open spaces or up to 20m through two reinforced concrete walls. Somfy control systems are compatible with all home and building automation systems.
For connection of a wired motor to a remote control handset with scroll functionality. Wireless integration with RTS Sensors.
myLINK
SOLIRIS
myLink is plugged directly into a wall socket and via WIFI allows for remote control commands from a smart phone or tablet.
The Soliris sun and wind sensor is available in a wired technology or an RTS radio solution. This sensor provides a smart functionality of the external blind without any need for your intervention.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:31
LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS GALLERY
LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS BELOW A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF
5:32
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC MESH AND CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS
LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW retractable mesh and PVC outdoor blinds Louvretec Outdoor Blinds are specifically designed for alfresco areas and offer privacy and protection from the sun, wind, rain and insects all year round. Our Outdoor Blinds are in most instances supplied to close off open wall areas underneath a Louvretec Opening Roof. They can be used as an option along with Frameless Glass Sliding Doors, Frameless Glass Tilt & Turn Doors, or Louvered Doors or Panels to create The Louvretec Room – year round usable outdoor space.
types of outdoor blinds Louvretec Outdoor Blinds incorporate “zip-sides” fitting within a side channel and bottom rail as standard. This provides for better weather proofing and is commonly used in Louvretec outdoor rooms. Options are available using a wire side guide, or a non-zip side channel – discuss what is best suited for your application with your Louvretec Dealer. MESH or Clear PVC? There is the choice of Mesh or PVC skins, both with differing features and benefits.
mesh outdoor blinds There is a wide range of coloured mesh available. Mesh comes in varying degrees of openness, choose depending on the degree of shelter, privacy and protection required. Mesh has better warranties than Clear PVC and is more stable and better performing when used in outdoor blinds.
clear PVC outdoor blinds Clear PVC does however have two advantages over mesh blinds. One, they can be clearly seen through if this is a requirement. Two, they provide better protection from driving wind and rain. Due to the fact Clear PVC is subject to expansion in heat and contraction in cold, it does not perform as well or carry the same warranties as mesh.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:33
LOUVRETEC MESH OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC MESH OUTDOOR BLINDS
LOUVRETEC MESH OUTDOOR BLINDS external screening options There is a wide range of mesh fabrics and colours available. Mesh fabrics vary with the percentage of openness and are best selected according to desired levels of privacy and wind protection. All Louvretec Outdoor Blinds carry a one year workmanship and product warranty, excluding the skins. Mesh blind skins are in most instances covered by a 5 year manufacturer’s warranty. Contact your Louvretec Dealer for warranty details and colour range. A full range of powdercoat colours is available for frames and headbox. Head boxes or pelmets are an optional choice with mesh blinds. Refer General Information and Maintenance on pages 5.39-40.
MESH SHADE BLIND
OPERATING YOUR LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
HAND OPERATED Hand crank
GEARED HAND CRANK EASY OPTION
5:34
Home Automation
Wall switches
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
myLINK™
Spring assist
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
PULL DOWN, PUSH UP BETTER SUITED TO SMALLER BLINDS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC BLINDS
LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS external screening options When PVC is required, Clear PVC is fitted in most instances. PVC is also available with a range of solid non-see through colours. All Louvretec Outdoor Blinds carry a one year workmanship and product warranty, excluding the skins. Due to the unstable nature of PVC there is no manufacturers warranty available for the PVC skin itself. Contact your Louvretec Dealer for warranty details and further information and options with PVC. A full range of powdercoat colours are available for frames and headbox. Headboxes are optional - they are not supplied with PVC blinds due to the potential when retracted on hot days, for the PVC to heat up causing bunching and wrinkling around the axle. Refer General Information and Maintenance on pages 5.39-40. *Note at time of going to press Louvretec is developing a ‘half-head box’ option suitable for PVC blinds. Contact your Louvretec Dealer for details.
CLEAR PVC BLIND
OPERATING YOUR LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS All motors, sensors and controllers carry a 5 year warranty. Refer to the Louvretec Product Warranty for details. Remote controlled
HAND HELD AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTES
HAND OPERATED Hand crank
GEARED HAND CRANK EASY OPTION
Home Automation
Wall switches
STANDARD WALL MOUNTED SINGLE/MULTI OPTIONS
myLINK™
Spring assist
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
PULL DOWN, PUSH UP BETTER SUITED TO SMALLER BLINDS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:35
TYPICAL DETAIL : LOUVRETEC MESH OR CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS
Index 1. Rear headbox 2. Front headbox 3. End caps 4. Axle tube 5. Axle tube reducer 6. Outer side channel 7. Zip inner rail 8. Zip on blind skin 9. Bottom spline 10. Bottom rail 11. Motor option 12. Crank gear control option 13. Spring assist
Outdoor blinds size guidelines Mesh
Width up to 5m - max. area 10m2 Height up to 4m - Max area 10m2
PVC
Width up to 3m - max. area 9m2 Height up to 3m - Max area 9m2
Headbox Sizes vary from 110m to 130m square
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
5:36
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 5.36
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GALLERY
LOUVRETEC CLEAR PVC OUTDOOR BLINDS WITH A LOUVRETEC OPENING ROOF ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:37
TYPICAL DETAIL : OFFSET DETAILS FOR HEADBOX END PLATE CLEARANCES / DOWNPIPE IN CORNER CLEARANCES
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
5:38
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 5.38
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GENERAL AND MAINTENANCE
CARE & MAINTENANCE In order to prolong the life of your Louvretec Outdoor Blind and provide ongoing optimum performance, we recommend the following:
CLEANING AND LUBRICATING WITH SILICONE SPRAY
NEVER RETRACT BLIND UP WHEN WET
• Regular cleaning (at least every 3 months) • Just like your car, Louvretec Outdoor Blinds do require regular cleaning. • Ensure surfaces are free from dirt, dust and grime. • Clean Louvretec blind with a soft brush. • Run a soft brush alongside channel to prevent dirt and dust build up • Clean the blind and aluminium with a soft cloth and warm soapy water, or a small amount of detergent if required. • Lightly rinse, do not use a high pressure hose, or bore water to clean the blind. • For the Louvretec Ziptrack system, in dusty or seafront locations it is recommended once a year to add lubricant to assist the ongoing smooth operating of the blind. This MUST BE a silicone spray, such as food grade Helmar H4000 or CRC808. To apply the lubricant, lower your blind all the way down, and apply the silicone spray to the front of the blind in the groove between the spline and the track. After application, open and close the blind several times to help evenly distribute the silicone.
care of your blind • Once a week fully extend your blind to even out the fabric and let it breathe. Leave it down all day to let it retain its shape. • Regularly operate your blind – at least once a week • Sagging as a result of the blinds own weight will occur. This is not a fault in the system and is unavoidable. • Minor variances will occur with your blind, such as the bottom bar hanging down slightly more or less from one side. This is normal.
common characteristics ALLOW THE BLIND TO DRY BEFORE ROLLING UP
• Depending on fabric selection, when the Louvretec blind is initially pulled down some ripples may be evident. • The ripples will lessen over time as the weight of the blind will stretch the fabric slightly, • When a motorised blind is operated some “jolting” may be evident, this occurrence does not damage the blind. •Depending on the blind width, the mesh or PVC often require joining seams. These may run either vertically or horizontally and may have two or three joins in one blind.
RETRACT BLIND UP IN WINDY CONDITIONS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5:39
LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW LOUVRETEC OUTDOOR BLINDS GENERAL AND MAINTENANCE
treat with care • Avoid using abrasive cleaning agents such as Ajax, jif or steel wool in any circumstances. • Ensure the blind is fully up when you are away from your home or in extreme weather conditions. • Avoid rolling up when wet – moisture within the roll may cause mould and mildew. Always allow to dry before retracting. • If the blind is jamming, please treat with care. Forcing may result in further damage such as the zip being forced out of the side channel or the fabric ripping. Contact your supplier for guidelines of how to fix it.
ALWAYS OPERATE THE BLIND FROM THE CENTRE
• Spring controlled Louvretec blinds should only be operated from the middle – always use the weight bar or handle and pull from the centre.
NEVER OPERATE FROM EITHER END
WARRANTY DETAILS All outdoor blinds installed by Louvretec, or an Authorised Louvretec installer are from date of invoice, fully warranted for the first year. Mesh blind skins are also covered by a five year manufacturers warranty. Due to the unstable nature of PVC, there is no manufacturer’s warranty available on the PVC skin itself. MESH SHADE BLIND SHOWING MINOR SURFACE DIFFERENCES
This warranty covers workmanship, and all componentry, motors, switches and electronics with all labour costs included. In addition, from year two to end of year five, a warranty replacement of parts only applies for all motors, switches and electronics. Labour costs excluded (excludes any wiring and electrical connections done by others). Spare parts and repairs are available from your Louvretec Dealership. Only Louvretec approved spare parts are to be used.
PVC BLINDS SHOWING SLIGHT CRUMPLING
5:40
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
NOTES
FILE: 2.24 Louvretec NZ Ltd
SCALE : 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.co.nz
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2016 Louvretec Aust. Pty. www.louvretec.com.au
©Copyright 2016 All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres overview
overview at a glance Sun Louvres overview
6.06
Spans at a glance
6.07 - 6.09
Drive systems
6.10 - 6.14
End fixed
6.15 - 6.17
Bracket fixed
6.18 - 6.21
airfoil sun louvres rectangular sun louvres
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
REFER SECTION 7 refer section 8
6:01
6:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun sunlouvres louvres overview overview
Choose from Airfoil or Rectangular shaped sun louvre systems.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:03
sun louvres gallery
1.
2.
3.
1. 90mm midi louvres
6:04
2. 120mm airfoil louvres
4.
3. 120mm flush rectangular louvres
4. 200 maxi louvres
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres gallery
6.
5. St Mary's College Arts Block. Main Contractor, Amstar Construction Ltd
8.
7.
5. 180mm weatherboard rectangular louvres
8.
6. 120mm airfoil louvres
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7. 150mm midi louvres
8. 600mm maxi louvres bracket fixed
6:05
sun louvres overview
sun louvres OVERVIEW airfoil & rectangular sun louvre systems Louvretec offers a comprehensive range of Airfoil and Rectangular sun louvres. There is a wide variety of louvre shapes, with choices including motorisation, hand operable, end fixed or bracket fixed. Louvretec’s systems allow for a high degree of customisation - each project can be tailor made to perfectly match designer and end user requirements.
finding the right system Firstly consider what shape of blade you would like to use - Airfoil or Rectangular? To assist choice - this section of the catalogue (Sun Louvre Systems) is broken down into Airfoil & Rectangular categories.
size of blade What size of blade is best suited for your application? Consider design, form and desired achievable spans. Span is largely determined by blade size - the bigger the blade, the longer the span. To assist with blade selection refer to the Product Range Overview & Spans at a Glance charts as follows: For Sun Louvres - Airfoil refer to Section 7 page 7. For Sun Louvres - Rectangular refer to Section 8 pages 7 and 8.
residential or commercial All Louvretec Sun Louvre Systems are suitable for residential or commercial use. Traditionally smaller Airfoil and Rectangular louvres are used on residential/domestic applications as often as motorised or hand- operable units. Louvretec’s larger spanning Maxi Louvres and the new Ultra 50 Rectangular louvres are engineered to meet the most demanding commercial requirements. As with all architecture, options are important, as is choice. Louvretec Sun Louvre Systems offer a range of options and elegant designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and commercial usage.
vent louvres Louvretec has a range of screening and ventilation grills and louvres available. Please refer to Section 10 Custom Made pages 23-26 for more information regarding vent louvres.
6:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
airfoil sun louvres spans at a glance
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
airfoil sun louvres 9 different STYLES
maximum spans
operable
EX
1300mm 70 mini louvre
1900mm
EX
1400mm 90 midi louvre
2000mm
EX
1900mm 2750mm
150 midi louvre
EX EX
1600mm 120 airfoil louvre
2300mm
EX
2050mm 180 airfoil louvre
2950mm
EX
2350mm 3700mm
200 maxi louvre
EX
3350mm 4800mm
300 maxi louvre
EX
3700mm 600 maxi louvre
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
5800mm
6:07
RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES SPANS AT A GLANCE rectangular sun louvres spans at a glance MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. refer to section xx engineering reports for full details on blade spans.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES 9 DIFFERENT STYLES
MAXIMUM SPANS
OPERABLE EX
1750MM
2500MM
120 FLUSH PANEL
EX
2250MM
3350MM
200 FLUSH PANEL
EX
1750MM 2500MM
125 WEATHERBOARD
EX
2100MM
3050MM
180 WEATHERBOARD
EX
2050MM 4400MM 3050MM
150 HELENA BAY
EX
1450MM
95 BELLA VISTA
2100MM
EX
1900MM
2800MM
95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY
EX
3600MM 4400MM 3600MM
135 HI SPAN
EX
3500MM 3900MM
165 HI SPAN
6:08
4500MM 3900MM
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES SPANS AT A GLANCE ultra 50 rectangular sun louvres spans at a glance MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS. MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
RECTANGULAR LOUVRES ultra 50 rectangular sun louvres 6 DIFFERENT STYLES 9 different STYLES 6
MAXIMUM SPANS maximum spans
OPERABLE operable
EX
4050MM RL 300 SQUARE
5800MM
EX
4050MM
RL 450 SQUARE
5800MM
EX
4050MM 5800MM
RL 600 SQUARE
EX
4050MM
RL 300 MITRE
5800MM
EX
4050MM RL 450 MITRE
5800MM
EX
4050MM RL 600 MITRE
5800MM
8:08
©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice. ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:09
sun louvres drive systems
drive systems spiral pivot system - three variants Hidden away the Spiral Pivot system is the very heart of Louvretec’s operating system. Linked to a custom made gear box and driven by Somfy - the world’s leading tubular motor manufacturer.
1. Downunder or outback spiral pivot Designed specifically for Louvretec’s new generation louvres, not only is the pivot operating system hidden from sight, so too is the motor and gearbox providing the cleanest look imaginable.
overhead panel - downunder
vertical panel - downunder/outback
overhead panel - motor over
vertical panel - motor front
overhead panel - hand operable
vertical panel - hand operable
2. motor over, front or back spiral pivot This tried and true system has been well proven over many years and offers a wide range of installation options.
3. hand operated spiral pivot Using a custom engineered gearbox with a stainless steel crank handle all Louvretec sun louvres are available as hand operable in lieu of motorised. The louvres can be operated with ease with the handle being detachable for storage when not in use.
6:10
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres drive systems
drive systems super elam street structural frame with sub-frame & elam street structural frame Louvretec now has two structural sub-frames for operable Spiral Pivot Sun Louvres.
1. super elam street structural frame with sub-frame Super Elam Street Structural Frame is a new design incorporating an upgraded 63mm wide Spiral Pivot system supported by a 63x100 structural sub-frame.
SUper elam street structural frame with sub-frame. horizontal blades
The motor sits within the sub-frame accessible via a concealed motor access cover. Super Elam Street Structural Frame With Sub-Frame can be inserted in to an opening or fixed back to the building by 100x50 fixing legs. Fixing can also be by flat brackets attached to the building and slotted over milled openings in the sub-frame. Single or dual panel drive available.
SUper elam street structural frame with sub-frame. vertical blades
Blades can be run horizontally or vertically.
2. Elam street structural frame The Elam Street Structural Frame consists of the new 63mm wide Spiral Pivot system without the structural sub-frame. The Somfy motor sits either front or back within an extruded motor cover. elam street structural frame. horizontal blades
An Elam Sreet Structural Frame can be inserted into an opening or fixed back to the building by 100x50 fixing legs. On larger panels more legs are required with an Elam Street Structural Frame due to there being no structural sub-frame. Single or dual panel available. Blades can be run horizontally or vertically.
elam street structural frame - vertical blades
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:11
typical detail : super elam street structural frame with sub-frame & elam street structural frame between fixing points guide 2800
2800
super elam street structural frame blades horizontal
3000
2800
guidelines at a glance maximum free span between support shown
super elam street structural frame blades vertical
2200
2200
elam street structral frame - blades horizontal
2500
2200
guidelines at a glance maximum free span between support shown
elam street structural frame - blades vertical
typical detail : elam street structural frame overhead & horizontal louvres handle options
l
6:12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 6.12 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres drive systems
motorised & hand operable drive systems maxi-drive Louvretec’s Maxi-Drive is a stylish new operating system designed to meet the ever increasing demand for motorising larger louvres. Also operates 300mm Maxi Louvre, Ultra 50 300mm and 450mm Square and Mitred options.
maxi-drive Somfy motorised 300mm & 450mm louvres • The Somfy motor locates within a structral frame • driving a heavy duty custom engineered gearbox. • The gearbox operates the drive blade which • via a heavy duty connecting arm operates the • complete louvre panel. • Strong, elegant and simple
maxi-drive 300mm maxi louvres vertical panel
maxi-drive hand operable 300mm & 450mm louvres • A hand operable option is also available. • The gearbox is adapted to take an overhead hand • crank or rear winder for vertical panels
maxi-drive 300mm hand operable panel
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:13
sun louvres drive systems
hand operable drive systems kiss pivot system & bella vista system Louvretec’s two distinctive, easy to use hand operable louvre systems. The KISS Pivot system is for airfoil shaped blades, the Bella Vista is for the rectangular 95mm louvre blade.
1. kiss pivot system • The KISS Pivot system operates a number of Airfoil shaped • blades as well as the 95mm Bella Vista Rectangular blade. • The KISS Pivot system is elegant and simple, tried and true and • well proven in the market place. • An easy to operate, well proven sun louvre pivot system. • Operates off double drive-arms that can be locked closed or in • various open positions. • Offers fully adjustable louvres at little more than fixed louvre • prices. • Ideal as a stand-alone panel or used within sliding, bifolding • hinged doors. kiss pivot system - 90mm midi louvre panel
kiss pivot system - 95mm bella Vista rectangular louvre panel
6:14
kiss pivot system - 150mm midi louvre panel
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres end fixed
end fixed sun louvres fix blades vertically or horizontally All Louvretec sun louvres can be end fixed & all have internal screw fixing ports which allows the blades to be end fixed, set at any pitch and any centre. As a rule of thumb blade centres are generally fixed at between 75% - 100% of the blade width. vertical panels end fixed • All Louvretec sun louvres have internal screw • fixing ports. This enables the blades to be; • - set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch) • - set at any centre (blade centre) • As a rule of thumb, blade centres are fixed at • between 75% - 100% of their width. • eg: 180mm Airfoil would have a centre • between 135mm - 180mm. • Blade pitch is an equally important consideration • in determining the degree of light, shade, privacy • and shelter.
vertical panel end fixed
overhead panels end fixed • Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit within • an existing opening or as illustrated may require a • separate structural sub-frame. • Sub-frames are typically aluminium or steel and • usually require specific engineering details. • Louvretec specialises in the supply and installation • of aluminium structural sub-frames. • Please contact Louvretec for further details.
overhead panel end fixed
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:15
typical detail : end fixed sunEND louvres - howSUN the system works: vertical panels LOUVRETEC FIXED LOUVRES // HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS
BLADES CAN BE SET TO ANY PITCH OR CENTRE. THREE TYPICAL OPTIONS SHOWN:
• // All All Louvretec Louvretec Sun sun Louvres louvres have have internal internal screw fixing ports. This enables the blades fiscrew xing ports. to be; This enables blades to be: - set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch) -- Set pitch centre) (blade pitch) set at any any angle centreor(blade -As Seta at anyofcentre rule thumb,(blade blade centre) centres are fixed at between 75% 100% of their width. // As a rule of thumb, blade centres are fixed at eg: 180mm Airfoil would have a centre between 75% - 100% of their width. between 135mm - 180mm. Example: 180mm Airfoil would have a centre • between Blade pitch is an equally important 135mm – 180mm. consideration in determining the degree of // Blade pitch is an equally important light, shade, privacy and shelter. consideration in determining the degree of light, shade, privacy and shelter. Refer “Design for the Sun” pages 3.1 -3.4 or discuss with Louvretec.
•
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
6:16
8.05 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.16 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : END FIXED SUN LOUVRES HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS: OVERHEAD PANELS LOUVRETEC END FIXED SUN -LOUVRES // HOW THE HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) SYSTEM WORKS
END FIXED TO FLAT ALUMINIUM ONTO "T" SECTION OR PFC (FLAT SIDE OF "T" UP OR DOWN)
PFC TEE SECTION
• //Horizontal overhead fit within Refer to or bullet points louvres oppositemay in page 8.26 anreexisting or as illustrated may verticalopening End Fixed louvre blades. These also require structural apply atoseparate Horizontal panels.sub-frame. • //Sub-frames aluminium or steel and Horizontalare ortypically overhead louvres may fit within an existing as illustrated, may usually requireopening specificor, engineering details. require a separate structural • Engineering sub frame.is usually also required for the fixing details to the building. // Sub frames are typically aluminium or steel, and usually require specifi engineering • Louvretec specialises in cthe supply anddetails. of aluminium structural sub-frames. //installation Engineering is usually also required for the fixing details to the building. Refer pages 8.52 - 8.54 for typical fixing details. // Louvretec specialises in the supply and installation of aluminium structured sub frames. Please contact for further details.
END FIXED TO CHANNEL ON EXISTING STEEL FRAME OR SIMILAR
// Refer “Design for the Sun” pages 3.01-3.06 for further information.
END FIXED TO CHANNEL ONTO BOX SECTION
•
All louvre panels shown can be joined to create one continuous panel. //
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 FILE: 6.17 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
All Louvre Panels shown can be joined to create one continuous panel.
8.20 6:17
sun louvres bracket fixed
bracket fixed sun louvres bracket fix blades vertically or horizontally All Louvretec sun louvres can be bracket fixed using Louvretec’s proprietary bracket fixing systems. Die cast or extruded brackets are custom manufactured site specific, enabling the louvre blades to be set at any pitch or to any centres.
vertical panels bracket fixed •
All Louvretec Airfoil and Maxi Louvres can be bracket fixed, with the blades: - set at any angle - set at any centre (blade centre)
vertical panel bracket fixed
overhead panels bracket fixed •
Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit above an existing opening, or as illustrated may require a specific structural sub frame.
•
Sub frames are typically aluminium or steel and usually require specific engineering details.
•
Louvretec specialises in the supply and installation of aluminium structural sub frames. Please contact Louvretec for further details.
overhead panel bracket fixed
6:18
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC BRACKET FIXED AIRFOIL typical detail : BRACKET FIXED SUN LOUVRES - HOW THE SYSTEM WORKS: VERTICAL PANELS & MAXI LOUVRES
// HOW THE VERTICAL SYSTEM WORKS Blades can be set to any pitch or centres. Three typical options shown:
•
All Louvretec Airfoil and Maxi Louvres can be bracket fixed Airfoil with the blades: // All Louvretec and Maxi Louvres can be set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch) bracket fixed, with the blades: - set at any centre (blade centre) - Set at any angle or pitch (blade pitch)
•
combinations of louvre blade -There Set atare anyfour centre (blade centre) to extruded bracket arm (tear drop) to // There are 4 combinations of louvre blade to consider: extruded bracket arm (tear drop) to consider:
1) Blade pitch down 1. Blade pitch over down tear drop tear drop over
2.2)Blade Bladepitch pitchdown down tear teardrop dropunder under
3. Blade pitch up 3) Blade pitch up tear tear drop over drop over
Bladepitch pitch 4.4)Blade upup tear drop under tear drop under
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.19 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9.03 6:19
LOUVRETEC BRACKET FIXED AIRFOIL & MAXI LOUVRES // HOW THE HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) SYSTEM WORKS typical detail : BRACKET fixed sun louvres - how the system works: OVERHEAD panels
BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER
SHOWING 200MM AIRFOIL
BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER
• // Horizontal or overhead louvres may Refer to bullet points opposite on page 8.38 fitregarding above anvertical existingbracket opening or, as fixed louvre blades. illustrated, require a separate These alsomay apply to horizontal panels. structural sub-frame. // Horizontal or overhead louvres may fit above an existing are opening, or as illustrated may • Sub-frames typically aluminium require specifi c structural frame. or steel and usually require sub specific // engineering Sub frames details. are typically aluminium or steel, and usually require specific engineering details. • Engineering is usually also required for // the Engineering is usually required for the fixing details to thealso building. fixing details to the building. Refer pages 8.52• Louvretec specialises the supply and 8.54 for typical fixingindetails. installation of aluminium structural sub// Louvretec specialises in the supply and frames. installation of aluminium structural sub frames. Please contact for further details. // Refer “Design for the Sun” pages 3.01-3.06 for further information.
SHOWING 120MM AIRFOIL
BLADE PITCH DOWN TEAR DROP UNDER
SHOWING 180MM AIRFOIL
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
6:20
9.1 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.20 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC BRACKET FIXED AIRFOIL & MAXI LOUVRES
typical detail : BRACKET FIXED SUN LOUVRES - HOW corner mitres WORK // HOW THE CORNER MITRES WORK
• Bracket fixed louvres mitred at the corners // Bracket fixed louvres mitred at the corners are are a Louvretec specialty. a Louvretec speciality.
VERTICAL BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES WITH CORNER MITRES
A seamless effect is achieved giving //• A seamless effect is achieved giving the the blades blades continuity to both of the continuity to both sides of thesides building. building. // Both vertical and horizontal bracket fixed be mitred. • louvres Bothcan vertical and horizontal bracket fixed louvres can be mitred.
CANTILEVERED ENDS
HORIZONTAL (OVERHEAD) BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES WITH CORNER MITRES
AN ALTERNATIVE TO CORNER MITRES IS TO SQUARE CUT AND CANTILEVER THE BLADES AT THE CORNERS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
9.04 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 6.21 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
6:21
sun louvres - airfoil
AIRFOIL airfoil sun louvres
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Blades at a glance
7.07
70mm KISS Pivot Mini louvre
7.08 - 7.09
90mm KISS Pivot Midi louvre
7.10 - 7.19
150mm Midi louvre
7.20 - 7.27
120mm Airfoil louvre
7.28 - 7.39
180mm Airfoil louvre
7.40 - 7.51
200mm Maxi louvre
7.52 - 7.60
300mm Maxi louvre
7.61 - 7.70
600mm Maxi louvre
7.71 - 7.78
7:01
7:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres airfoil
Louvretec’s collection of Airfoil shaped sun louvre blades. An aerodynamic force.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:03
sun louvres - airfoil residential gallery
1.
2.
3.
3.
4.
1. 120mm photo airfoil caption louvres 2. photo 2. 150mm caption midi louvres 3. photo caption 3. 200mm maxi 4. photo louvres caption 4. 180mm airfoil louvres
7:04
x :x
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil commercial gallery
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
5. 300mm maxi louvres
6. 200mm maxi louvres
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
7. 200mm maxi louvres
8. 150mm midi louvres
9. 300mm maxi louvres
7:05
sun louvres overview
sun louvres AIRFOIL OVERVIEW the sun louvre airfoil range Louvretec now offers a comprehensive range of both Airfoil and Rectangular sun louvres. Please refer Section 6 – Sun Louvres Overview to see the wide range of configurations available. This includes Spiral Pivot motorisation utilising Somfy motors, controllers and home automation options should you wish. Louvretec’s Spiral Pivot system can also be hand operable. In addition to this there is a range of sun louvres hand operated by the KISS Pivot system. Louvretec’s Elam Street Frame for free standing motorised or hand operated sun louvre systems is still available. Louvretec is pleased to announce the introduction of a new free standing Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame which incorporates a fully hidden motor (or gearbox) along with the Spiral Pivot operating mechanism within the structural frame. All Louvretec Sun Louvres can be end fixed or bracket fixed both in vertical wall panels or horizontally overhead. Please refer Section 8 – Sun Louvres Rectangular for full details on the Rectangular product range.
sun louvres - airfoil Louvretec has an extensive range of Airfoil Sun Louvres, ranging from 70mm KISS pivot to the mighty 600mm Maxi Louvre. Available in three distinctive ‘foil’ shapes and a range of operable or fixed systems, Louvretec’s stylish Airfoils add architectural flair while providing functional sun control, privacy and, if so designed, additional security. Elegant designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and commercial use.
7:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
airfoil sun louvres spans at a glance
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. refer to section 11 engineering reports for full details on blade spans.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
airfoil sun louvres 8 different STYLES
maximum spans
operable
EX
1300mm 70 mini louvre
1900mm
EX
1400mm 90 midi louvre
2000mm
EX
1900mm 2750mm
150 midi louvre
EX
1600mm 120 airfoil louvre
2300mm
EX
2050mm 180 airfoil louvre
2950mm
EX
2350mm 3700mm
200 maxi louvre
EX
3350mm 4800mm
300 maxi louvre
EX
3700mm 600 maxi louvre
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
5800mm
7:07
sun louvres - airfoil technical DETAILS
Technical details 70mm kiss pivot mini louvre
70mm kiss pivot mini louvre the smallest The 70mm Mini Louvre is one of three ‘wave’ shaped louvres. This shape is replicated in our 70mm, 90mm Midi & 150mm Midi Louvres. This blade can be hand operated using the KISS Pivot system. The blades can be locked closed or in a number of opening positions. A woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed. The 70mm louvre is well suited fixed within an opening or within sliding, bi-folding or hinged doors. Also available end and bracket fixed.
70mm kiss pivot
70mm end fixed vertical
70mm end fixed overhead
70mm bracket fixed vertical
70mm bracket fixed overhead
70mm kiss pivot sliding door
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:08
WOOD FINISH
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil overview
technical details 70mm kiss pivot mini louvre
74
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
64 mm 10 kg/sqm 64 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
0.716 kg/lm 74 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans.
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
1900
1700
1500
1400
1300
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) Adjustable and Fixed. Horizontal & vertical
2050
installation options
KISS PiVOT: calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 64 1 blade at 74 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1024 74 =1098
step 2 Blade cover 1098 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 16mm + 16mm 32 Total exact opening height =1130 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
7:09
sun louvres - airfoil overview
product overview 90mm midi louvre
90mm kiss pivot midi louvre small to medium size The 90mm Midi Louvre is similar to the ‘wave’ shape of the 70mm and 150mm blades. The 90mm Midi is a perfect mix of compact width with good spans. This blade can be hand operated using the KISS Pivot system. The blades can be locked closed or in a number of opening positions. A woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed. The 90mm Midi Louvre is well suited fixed within an opening or within sliding, bi-folding or hinged doors. Also available end and bracket fixed.
90mm kiss pivot
90mm end fixed overhead
90mm bracket fixed vertical
90mm bracket fixed overhead
90mm kiss pivot sliding door
90mm kiss pivot bifold door
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:10
WOOD FINISH
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 90mm midi louvre
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
80 mm 9.38 kg/sqm 80 mm
0.75 kg/lm 90 mm
INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
2000
1850
1600
1500
1400
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) Adjustable & Fixed - Horizontal & Vertical
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2350
installation options
KISS PIVOT: calculate optimum frame opening sizeS Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 80 1 blade at 90 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1280 90 =1370
step 2 Blade cover 1370 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 16mm + 16mm 32 Total exact opening height =1402 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:11
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs
Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi kiss pivot
typical detail 3d/2d models 70mm kiss pivot panel
70mm KISS Pivot panel
Section in door panel
Plan in door panel
typical detail 3d/2d models 90mm kiss pivot panel
90mm KISS Pivot panel
7:12
Section in door panel
Plan in door panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs
Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi end fixed vertical & overhead panels
typical detail 3d/2d models 70mm end fixed vertical
note: pitch (angle) and spacing of louvres can vary and are set at time of manufacture
70mm end fixed vertical
within side channel no end caps required
within side channel no end caps required
Section in channel
Plan in channel
typical detail 3d/2d model 90mm end fixed overhead & end fixed vertical
90mm end fixed overhead
within side channel no end caps required
within side channel no end caps required
Section in channel
Plan in channel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:13
BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades spans at a glance
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES
h .Hig ow 0L 135
V 000
1
Spans, End Fixed 70 60mm Mini Louvre.
calculations CALCULATIONS FORfor BLADEblade SPANS SHOWshow RANGE FROM spans range from Low Wind Zone 115km/h, Low//Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to 32m/s to Very High Wind 55m/s Extra High Wind Zone 198km/h, Zone 179km/h, 50m/s Refer Engineering Details, Section 11 Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
45 °
Free Span Example
ow igh 0L V.H 0 140 Spans, End Fixed 70mm Mini Louvre.
190
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
45
°
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
ow igh 0L V.H 0 150 Spans, End Fixed 90mm Midi Louvre.
200 Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
7:14
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.14 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades spans at a glance
END FIXED 70mm & 90mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
Strut Support
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm
LF 700
LF 600
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
LF 900
LF 1300
LS15 900
LS30 1100
LS30 1000
LS45 1300
LS45 1000
LS15 1400
LS15 1200
LS30 1700
LS30 1300
LS45 1700
LS45 1400
LS15 2000
LS15 1600
LS30 2100
LS30 1900
LS45 2300
LS45 2000
Strut Support
LF 800
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
LS15 1100
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
LF 1200
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
8.24 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.15 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:15
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL
Technical details 70mm mini & 90mm midi bracket fixed louvres
typical detail 3d model 70mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical & overhead
70mm bracket fixed vertical panel
70mm bracket fixed overhead panel
typical detail 3d model 90mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical & overhead
90mm bracket fixed vertical panel
7:16
90mm bracket fixed overhead panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : bracket fixed 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades
plan - brACKET FIXED 70MM MINI LOUVRE & 90MM MIDI LOUVRE
bracket fixed 70MM MINI LOUVRE
bracket fixed 90MM MIDI LOUVRE
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED 70MM MINI LOUVRE & 90MM MIDI LOUVRE
bracket fixed 70MM MINI LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 1/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.17 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
bracket fixed 90MM MIDI LOUVRE
7:17
TECHNICAL DETAILS // 70mm MINI & 90mm MIDI LOUVRES BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : BRACKET fixed overhead sun louvres 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades spans at a glance
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES
calculations for blade spans show range from CALCULATIONS FOR BLADE SPANSZone SHOW115km/h, RANGE FROM Low Wind 32m/s to // Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to Very 198km/h, High Wind55m/s Extra High Wind Zone Zone 179km/h, 50m/s Refer Engineering Details, Section 11
45 °
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
w igh 0 Lo V.H 0 140
190
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span
Spans, Bracket Fixed 70mm Mini Louvre.
Ba Bo 42
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
B B 4
45
°
Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
0 200
Low .High 0V 150
Spans, Bracket Fixed 90mm Midi Louvre.
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
UCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP nical specification subject to change without notice
7:18
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.18 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
B B 4
E FROM
High Wind
ed e.
typical detail : BRACKET fixed overhead wall struts 70mm mini & 90mm midi blades spans at a glance
70mm & 90mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
42mm ‘C’ Channel. Die cast bracket System @ 45, Centres to suit
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm 42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing
LF 700
Strut Support
LF 600
Free Span
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
Zone. 37m/s
d Zone. 50m/s
Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm 42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing
LF 900
LF 800
Free Span
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
LF 1300
LS15 900
LS30 1100
LS30 1000
LS45 1300
LS45 1100
LS15 1400
LS15 1200
LS30 1700
LS30 1400
LS45 1700
LS45 1400
LS15 2000
LS15 1600
LS30 2300
LS30 1900
LS45 2300
LS45 2000
Strut Support
m Midi Louvre.
Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm 42mm ‘C’ Channel fixing
LS15 1100
LF 1200
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
9.23
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.19 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:19
sun louvres - airfoil overview
product overview 150mm MIDI LOUVRE
150mm MIDI louvre wave shape The 150mm Midi is the largest of the ‘wave’ shape group of louvres. The wider blade spans well and is ideal for closing off decks and verandah spaces. This versatile louvre is available in both Spiral (motorised and hand operable) and KISS (hand adjustable) Pivot systems. KISS Pivot louvres are hand operated and can be locked closed and in various opened positions. A woolpile closing insert ensures a snug fit when closed. This blade is well suited fixed within an opening or within sliding, bifolding or hinged doors. Also available end and bracket fixed.
150mm kiss pivot
150mm spiral pivot
150mm end fixed overhead
150mm bracket fixed vertical
150mm bracket fixed overhead
150mm kiss pivot sliding door
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:20
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC Gearbox
motors and sensors
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 150mm midi louvre
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
138 mm 10.7 kg/sqm 138 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
1.47 kg/lm 150 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 2900
2750
2500
2200
2000
1900
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
installation options
SPIRAL PiVOT: calculate optimum FRAME Opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades
KISS PiVOT: calculate END FIXED optimum FRAME Opening sizes Louvres at any pitch Width: Check engineering limits Louvres at any centre Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades
step 1 16 blades x 138 1 blade at 150 17 blades
step 1 16 blades x 138 1 blade at 150 17 blades
2208 150 =2358
2208 150 =2358
step 2 Blade cover 2358 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 * Total exact opening height =2368
step 2 Blade cover 2358 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 21mm + 21mm 42 Total exact opening height =2400
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
*This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
7:21
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot
typical detail 3d models 150mm spiral pivot motorised louvres - horizontal blades
Mounting to building
Mounting to building Structural Sub-Frame
Motor cover
Elam Street Structural Frame Vertical panel - horizontal blades
Motor within frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - horizontal blades
typical detail 3d model 150mm spiral pivot motorised louvres - vertical blades
Mounting to building Motor within frame
Structural Sub-Frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - vertical blades
7:22
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot
section - motorised 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame with sub-frame
super elam street structural sub-frame
section - manually operable 150mm midi louvre spiral pivot
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.23 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:23
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2d MODELs
Technical details 150mm midi louvre kiss pivot
typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm kiss pivot vertical & horizontal blades
Horizontal KISS pivot louvres Vertical KISS pivot louvres
150mm KISS Pivot louvres
Plan: In door panel or frame
typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm kiss pivot within bifold door
150mm KISS Pivot louvres
7:24
Section: In door panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs
Technical details 150mm midi louvre end fixed
typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm end fixed louvres - vertical blades
150mm end fixed louvres - vertical panel
Within side channel no end caps required
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
Section
Section
typical detail 3d/2d model 150mm end fixed louvres - overhead blades
Within side channel no end caps required
150mm end fixed louvres - overhead panels
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Louvres outside side channel end caps required Plan
7:257:25
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2d MODELs
Technical details 150mm midi louvre bracket fixed
typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm bracket fixed louvre - vertical panel
150mm bracket fixed louvres - vertical panel
note: pitch (angle) and spacing of louvres can vary and are set at time of manufacturing
Section
7:26
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D/2D MODELs
Technical details 150mm midi louvre bracket fixed
typical detail 3d/2d models 150mm bracket louvre - overhead panel
150mm bracket fixed louvres - overhead panel
Plan
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:277:27
sun louvres - airfoil overview
Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre
120mm airfoil louvre wide range of design applications This airfoil shaped sun louvre blade combines distinctive styling and cool functionality in one. Also available in180mm wide, both the 120mm and the 180mm Airfoil sun louvre blades provide a wide range of design applications. Available motorised or hand operable using the Spiral Pivot system. The 120mm Airfoil is ideal for use within a structural frame for external window protection and privacy. Also available as end fixed or bracket fixed, horizontal or vertical overhead panels.
Elam Street Structural Frame frame - horizontal
super Elam Street Structural Frame with sub-frame
end fixed - vertical panel
end fixed - overhead panel
bracket FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
bracket fixed - overhead panel
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:28
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC Gearbox
motors and sensors
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 120mm airfoil louvre
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
115 mm 11.3 kg/sqm 115 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
1.3 kg/lm 120 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 2400
2300
2100
1850
1700
1600
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
installation options
spiral pivot system: calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 115 1 blade at 120 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1840 120 =1960
step 2 Blade cover 1960 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =1970 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
7:29
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot
typical detail 3d models 120mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised louvre
Mounting to building Structural Sub-Frame
Mounting to building Motor cover
Motor within frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame Vertical panel - horizontal blades
Elam Street Structural Frame Vertical panel - vertical blades
typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil spiral pivot hand operable louvre
Gearbox
Handle to suit
120mm Airfoil louvre Spiral Pivot overhead panel - hand operable
7:30
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot
section - motorised 120mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame with sub-frame
super elam street structural sub-frame
typical detail : Elam Street Structural Frame hand operable spiral pivot 120mm airfoil louvre
for handle options refer page 6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.31 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:31
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 120mm airfoil louvre - end fixed
typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres end fixed - vertical panel
End fixing channel
Shown with frame four sides
Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres
End fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres end fixed overhead panel
Fixing to building
End fixing channel
Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres
Structural box section frame shown three sides End fixed overhead panel
7:32
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 120mm airfoil louvre - end fixed
plan
On side channel end caps required
On side channel no end caps required
section
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.33 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Within side channel no end caps required
7:33
TECHNICAL DETAILS // 120 AIRFOIL & 150 MIDI LOUVRES BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louVRES spans at a glance
TE
typical detail overhead eyebrow end fixed louvres
calculations for blade spans show range from Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to FOR198km/h, BLADE SPANS Extra CALCULATIONS High Wind Zone 55m/s SHOW RANGE FROM Refer Engineering Details, Section 11 // Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to Very High Wind Zone 179km/h, 50m/s
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES
EN // O
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
Free Span Example
45
°
Base Box Cha
0 230
W IGH LO .H V 0 170
Spans, End Fixed 120mm Airfoil Louvre.
Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
Base Box Cha
45°
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
0 275
W
LO
2
IGH
.H
V 000
Spans, End Fixed 150mm Midi Louvre.
Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
Base Box Cha
OPEN PAGE TO VIEW 60 & 70 MINI & 90 MIDI LOUVRES - SPANS AT A GLANCE
8.25 7:34
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.34 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS SPANS AT A GLANCE typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts for 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louvRES spans at a glance
typical detail overhead eyebrow end fixed louvres
END FIXED 120mm & 150mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm
LF 600
Strut Support
LF 500
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
LF 800
LF 1200
LS15 800
LS30 1100
LS30 900
LS45 1100
LS45 900
LS15 1200
LS15 1000
LS30 1400
LS30 1200
LS45 1500
LS45 1200
LS15 1700
LS15 1300
LS30 1800
LS30 1600
LS45 2000
LS45 1700
Strut Support
LF 700
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
LS15 1000
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
LF 1000
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.35 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:35
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 120mm airfoil louvres - bracket fixed
typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed vertical panel
Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres Structural box section and fixing angle
Bracket fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 120mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed overhead panel
Fixing to building
Structural tee section
Blades can be set at any pitch and at any centres
Bracket fixed overhead panel
7:36
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : bracket fixed 120mm airfoil louvre panels
plan
cantilevered end
expansion joint
section
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.37 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:37
TECHNICAL DETAILS // 120mm AIRFOIL & 150mm MIDI LOUVRES BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
TECHN
typical detail : bracket fixed overhead sun louvres 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi blades spans at a glance
overhead eyebrow bracket fixed louvres
calculations for blade spans show range from Wind Zone 115km/h, CALCULATIONS FORLow BLADE SPANS SHOW RANGE 32m/s FROM to High Wind 198km/h, 55m/s // Low Wind ZoneExtra 115km/h, 32m/sZone to Very High Wind Zone 179km/h,Refer 50m/sEngineering Details, Section 11
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES
45
°
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
0 230
Low igh V.H 0 0 Spans, Bracket Fixed 120mm Airfoil Louvre. 17
Base Pla 150 x 10 Box Sec 75 x 50 x Angle: 50 x 50 x
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
45
°
Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
Base Pla 225 x 10 Box Sec 100 x 50 Angle: 50 x 50 x
0 275
Low
0 200
igh
V.H
Spans, Bracket Fixed 150mm Midi Louvre.
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
OPEN PAGE TO VIEW 70mm MINI & 90mm MIDI LOUVRES
9.24 7:38
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.38 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Base Pla 275 x 10 Box Sec 150 x 50 Angle: 50 x 50 x
SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : bracket fixed overhead wall struts for 120mm airfoils & 150mm midi louvres spans at a glance
typical detail overhead eyebrow detail END FIXED 120mm & 150mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
nd
Free Span
Base Plate: 150 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 3mm
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
LF 600
120 x 100 x 6mm 75 x 50 x 6mm
Strut Support
LF 500
Free Span
Base Plate: 225 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 6mm
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
LF 900
170 x 100 x 6mm 100 x 50 x 6mm
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
170 x 100 x 6mm 100 x 50 x 6mm
LF 1200
LS15 800
LS30 1100
LS30 900
LS45 1100
LS45 900
LS15 1300
LS15 1100
LS30 1500
LS30 1200
LS45 1500
LS45 1300
LS15 1800
LS15 1400
LS30 2000
LS30 1600
LS45 2100
LS45 1700
Strut Support
LF 700
Free Span
Base Plate: 275 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 6mm
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
LS15 1000
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
LF 1000
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.39 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:39
sun louvres - airfoil overview
Technical details 180mm airfoil louvre
180mm airfoil louvre solution for wider openings This blade is a scaled up version of the 120mm Airfoil. The 180mm Airfoil features the same clean aerodynamic lines as the 120mm Airfoil with the added value of increased spans for wider openings. Available as either motorised or hand operable Spiral Pivot, the180mm Airfoil is well suited to a wide range of external sun louvre applications. Also available as end fixed or bracket fixed horizontal or overhead panels.
super elam street structural frame with sub-frame elam street Structural frame - vertical louvres
bracket fixed - vertical panel
end fixed - overhead panel
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:40
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
end fixed - vertical panel
bracket fixed - overhead panel
operating this sun louvre system - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC Gearbox
motors and sensors
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil SPECIFICATIONS
technical details 180mm airfoil louvre
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
169 mm 11 kg/sqm 169 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
1.85 kgm 180 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
2950
2700
2400
2200
2050
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) Adjustable and fixed - horizontal & vertical
3100
installation options
spiral pivot system: calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 169 1 blade at 180 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2704 180 =2884
step 2 Blade cover 2884 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =2894 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
7:41
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 180mm AIRFOIL LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
typical detail 3d models 180mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised & hand operable LOUVRES Mounting to building Structural Sub-Frame
Mounting to building
Shown with frame four sides
Gearbox and handle
Motor within frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - Motorised horizontal blades
Elam Street Structural Frame Vertical panel - Hand operable horizontal blades
typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil spiral pivot motorised louvres Mounting to building Motor within frame
Structural Sub-Frame
180mm Airfoil Spiral Pivot in Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - Motorised vertical blades
7:42
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 180mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot
section - motorised 180mm airfoil louvre spiral pivot on SUPER elam STREET structural frame with sub-frame
super elam street structural sub-frame
section - manually operable 180 airfoil louvre spiral pivot
6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.43 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:43
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 180mm airfoil louvres - end fixed
typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil Louvres end fixed vertical panel
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres Structural aluminium box and side channel fixing
End fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil louvres end fixed overhead panel
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
Aluminium box strut and side channel fixing
Fixing to building
End fixed overhead panel
7:44
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 180mm end fixed airfoil louvre panels
Plan - end fixed 180mm airfoil louvre
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
Within side channel no end caps required
section - end fixed 180mm airfoil louvre
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.45 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Within side channel no end caps required
7:45
TECHNICAL DETAILS // 180mm AIRFOIL & 200mm MAXI LOUVRES BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead sun louvres 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres spans at a glance
overhead eyebrow louvres
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES
calculations for blade spans show from CALCULATIONS FORrange BLADE SPANS SHOW RANGE FROM Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to // Low Wind Zone 115km/h, Extra High Wind Zone 198km/h, 55m/s 32m/s to Very High Wind Refer Engineering Details, Section 11 Zone 179km/h, 50m/s
Free Span Example
45 °
Refer Engineering Details, Section 12.
0 295 Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
W
LO
IGH
.H
V 200
2
Spans, End Fixed 180mm Airfoil Louvre.
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
45
°
Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
0 370
W
LO
. 0V
260
H
HIG
Spans, End Fixed 200mm Maxi Louvre. Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
7:46
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.46 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS SPANS AT A GLANCE
typical detail : end fixed overhead wall struts for 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres spans at a glance
overhead eyebrow detail END FIXED 180mm & 200mm MAXI LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 150 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Channel: 75 x 25 x 3mm
LF 500
Strut Support
LF 500
LF 700
LF 600
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 275 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
LF 1000
LS15 600
LS30 900
LS30 700
LS45 900
LS45 700
LS15 1000
LS15 800
LS30 1200
LS30 1000
LS45 1200
LS45 1000
LS15 1300
LS15 1100
LS30 1600
LS30 1300
LS45 1600
LS45 1400
Strut Support
Free Span
Base Plate: 100 x 225 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Channel: 100 x 25 x 3mm
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
LS15 800
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
LF 900
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
8.26 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.47 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:47
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 180mm airfoil louvres - bracket fixed
typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil Louvres bracket fixed vertical panel
Structural box section fixing angle Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
Bracket fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 180mm airfoil louvres bracket fixed overhead panel
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
Structural tee section
Fixing to building
Bracket fixed overhead panel
7:48
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : bracket fixed 180mm airfoil louvre panels
plan - bracket fixed 180 airfoil louvre
cantilevered end
expansion joint
section - bracket fixed 180 airfoil louvre
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.49 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:49
TECHNICAL DETAILS // 180 AIRFOIL & 200 MAXI LOUVRES AT A GLANCE typical detail : bracketBLADE fixedSPANS overhead sun louvres 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvres spans at a glance
overhead eyebrow louvres
OVERHEAD EYEBROW LOUVRES CALCULATIONS FOR BLADE SPANS SHOW RANGE FROM
calculations for blade // Low Wind Zone 115km/h, to Very High spans show32m/s range from Wind Zone 179km/h, 50m/s Low Wind Zone 115km/h, 32m/s to Extra High Wind12.Zone 198km/h, 55m/s Refer Engineering Details, Section Refer Engineering Details, Section 11
45
°
Base Pl 150 x 1 Box Sec 75 x 50 Angle: 50 x 50
w h 0 Lo V.Hig 0 220
295
Spans, Bracket Fixed 180mm Airfoil Louvre.
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span
Ø20 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
KEY LF = Free span LS15 = Strut @ 15 LS30 = Strut @ 30 LS45 = Strut @ 45 Plain Column: Low - Med Wind Zone. Up to 133Km/h - 37m/s
45 °
Shaded Column: High - VHigh Wind Zone. Up to 179Km/h - 50m/s
Base Pl 225 x 1 Box Sec 100 x 5 Angle: 50 x 50
h ow 0L .Hig 370 600 V 2 Spans, Bracket Fixed 200mm Midi Louvre.
Max cantilever = 40% of mid span Ø42 SS Strut Support Example, Strut at Optimum 45° angle.
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
7:50
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.50 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Base Pl 275 x 1 Box Se 150 x 5 Angle: 50 x 50
TECHNICAL DETAILS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTION WALL STRUTS typical detail : bracket fixed overhead struts for 180mm airfoils & 200mm maxi louvreS SPANS ATwall A GLANCE SPans at a glance
overhead eyebrow detail
180mm & 200mm LOUVRES // OVERHEAD EYEBROW DETAIL
GE FROM
High
Free Span
Base Plate: 150 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 75 x 50 x 2.5mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 3mm
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
120 x 100 x 6mm 75 x 50 x 6mm
LF 500
Strut Support
LF 500
Free Span
Base Plate: 225 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 100 x 50 x 3mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 6mm
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
170 x 100 x 6mm 100 x 50 x 6mm
LF 700
Base Plate: ‘T’ Section:
170 x 100 x 6mm 100 x 50 x 6mm
LF 1000
LS15 600
LS30 900
LS30 700
LS45 900
LS45 700
LS15 1100
LS15 900
LS30 1200
LS30 1000
LS45 1300
LS45 1000
LS15 1400
LS15 1100
LS30 1600
LS30 1300
LS45 1700
LS45 1400
Strut Support
LF 600
Free Span
Base Plate: 275 x 100 x 6mm Box Section: 150 x 50 x 3mm Angle: 50 x 50 x 6mm
Strut Ø16mm Stainless steel
LS15 800
Strut Ø20mm Stainless steel
Strut Support
LF 900
Strut Ø42mm Stainless steel
9.25 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.51 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:51
sun louvres - airfoil overview
Technical details 200mm maxi louvre
200mm MAXI louvre most specified maxi louvre The 200mm Maxi louvre is the smallest in the Maxi Louvre range. It is also one of Louvretec’s most specified louvres. Popular for both commercial and residential use it is available in motorised or hand operable Spiral Pivot, end or bracket fixed, horizontal or overhead panels. Ideal for shade, shelter, adjustable privacy - the wide spanning capabilities and elegant lines cover a wide range of installation options.
Elam Street Structural Frame frame - horizontal
super Elam Street Structural Frame with sub-frame end fixed - vertical panels
end fixed - overhead panel
bracket FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
7:52
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
bracket fixed - overhead panel
operating this sun louvre system - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC Gearbox
motors and sensors
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 200mm maxi louvre
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
188 mm 14.63 kg/sqm 188 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2.75 kg/lm 200 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 3700
3700
3550
2950
2600
2350
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
installation options
spiral pivot system: calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 188 centres 1 blade at 200mm 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
3008 200 =3208
step 2 Blade cover 3208 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =3218 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
7:53
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot
typical detail 3d models 200mm maxi louvres spiral pivot motorised + hand operable
Mounting to building Structural Sub-Frame
Mounting to building
Motor within frame
Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - Motorised horizontal blades
Gearbox and handle
Elam Street Structural Frame Vertical panel - Hand operable horizontal blades
typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot motorised Mounting to building Motor within frame
Structural Sub-Frame
200mm Maxi Louvre Spiral pivot in Super Elam Street Structural Frame with Sub-Frame Vertical panel - Motorised vertical blades
7:54
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
typical detail : motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot
section - motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame with sub-frame
super elam street structural sub-frame
motor
section - motorised 200mm maxi louvre spiral pivot with top mounted motor
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 7.55 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:55
typical detail : hand operable 200mm spiral pivot airfoil louvre
section - manually operable 200 maxi louvre spiral pivot on super elam street structural frame
6.12
section - manually operable 200 maxi louvre spiral pivot
.
6.12
7:56
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.56 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 200mm maxi louvre end fixed
typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre end fixed vertical panel
Side frame channels fixed to structural ‘U’ channel
Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres
End fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre end fixed overhead panel
Stainless steel support strut
Aluminium box strut and side fixing channels
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
End fixed overhead panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 11/02/2016 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:577:57
typical detail : end fixed 200mm maxi louvre panels
plan - end fixed 200 maxi louvre
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
Within side channel no end caps required
section - end fixed 200 maxi louvre
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
7:58
Within side channel no end caps required
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.58 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 200mm maxi louvre bracket fixed
typical detail 3d model 200mm louvre bracket fixed vertical panel
Structural tee section vertical supports
Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres
Bracket fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 200mm maxi louvre bracket fixed overhead panel
Blades can be fixed to any pitch and centres
Structural tee section struts
Fixing to building
Bracket fixed overhead panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:59
typical detail : bracket fixed 200mm maxi louvre Panels
plan - bracket fixed 200mm maxi louvre
cantilevered end
expansion joint
section - bracket fixed 200mm maxifoil louvre
7:60
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.60 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil overview
technical details 300mm airfoil maxi louvre
300MM MAXI LOUVRE elliptical shape The 300mm Maxi Louvre is now available in a motorised option using Louvretec’s new Maxi-Drive pivot system. This new pivot system hides both the motor and pivot mechanism within a structural aluminium support frame. Powered by Somfy, Maxi-Drive incorporates both a reduction gearbox and supporting drive arm, providing strength needed for pivoting large blade louvres. Ideal for both residential and commercial applications. Also available as end or bracket fixed, horizontal or vertical overhead panels.
Photo courtesy of Master Builders House Of The Year
motorised - 300 maxi louvre
hand OPERABLE - 300 maxi louvre
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - OVERHEAD panel
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - OVERHEAD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC Gearbox
motors and sensors
7:61
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 300MM MAXI LOUVRE
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade centres - opening system
288 mm 19.64 kg/sqm 288 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
5.66 kgm 300 mm
spans at a glance NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
Adjustable and Fixed - horizontal & vertical 4800
4800
4800
4200
3700
3350
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
installation options
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
maxi-DRive pivot system
calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades step 1 16 blades x 288 1 blade at 300 17 blades
4608 300 =4908
step 2 Blade cover 4908 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =4918* *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
7:62
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 300mm maxi drive pivot system
typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi drive motorised
Somfy motor Structural frame
Drive side
Connecting arm
Passive side Drive blade Panels can be vertical, horizontal or overhead Vertical motorised panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
7:637:63
typical detail : 300mm maxi-drive motorised
section - louvres closed
section - louvres open
7:64
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.64 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : 300mm maxi-drive HAND OPERABLE
section - LOUVRES CLOSED
section - LOUVRES OPEN
6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.65 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:65
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 300mm MAXI LOUVRE END FIXED
typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre END FIXED VERTICAL PANEL
Side fixing channels fixed to structural ‘U’ channel
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres
End fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre end fixed overhead panel
Stainless steel support strut
Aluminium box strut to side fixing channels
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres
End fixed overhead panel
7:66
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
typical detail : END FIXED 300MM MAXI LOUVRE PANELS
plan - end fixed 300mm maxi louvre
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
On custom end caps/fixing plates
section - end fixed 300mm maxi louvres
Louvres outside side channel end caps required
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.67 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
On custom end caps/fixing plates
7:67
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 300mm MAXI LOUVRE bracket FIXED
typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre bracket FIXED VERTICAL PANEL
Structural tee section vertical supports
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres
Bracket fixed vertical panel
typical detail 3d model 300mm maxi louvre bracket fixed overhead panel
Stainless steel support strut
Structural tee section strut
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres
End fixed overhead panel
7:68
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
typical detail : bracket FIXED 300MM MAXI LOUVRE PANELS
plan - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre
cantilevered end
expansion joint
section - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.69 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:69
typical detail : bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow configuration
plan - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow
section - bracket fixed 300mm maxi louvre - eyebrow configuration
7:70
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.70 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil overview
technical details 600mm maxi louvre
600mm maxi louvre largest louvre The 600mm Maxi Louvre is the largest louvre in the range and while primarily used in large spanning commercial projects it has also been specified for residential use. A current trend being larger louvres specified in a wider range of applications. Available fully engineered motorised, end fixed or bracket fixed configurations.
end fixed - vertical panel
600 maxi louvre - motorised
bracket fixed - vertical panel
bracket fixed - vertical panel
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
operating this sun louvre - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:71
sun louvres - airfoil specifications
technical details 600MM MAXI LOUVRE
blade specifications Blade cover - opening system 588 mm Weight per square metre - blades fixed @ 600mm 24.62 kg/sqm Blade centres - opening system 588 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
WIND ZONE Factored wind speed at building
INSIDE
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Self wt
32 m/s 115 km/hr
37 m/s 133 km/hr
44 m/s 158 km/hr
50 m/s 179 km/hr
55 m/s 198 km/hr
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
5800
5600
4700
4100
3700
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa) 5800
Fixed vertical & horizontal
14.74 kg/lm 600 mm
installation options
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
bracket fixed Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
maxi-DRive pivot system Motorised
calculate optimum frame opening sizes Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 9 blades step 1 8 blades x 588 1 blade at 600 9 blades
4704 600 =5304
step 2 Blade cover 5304 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =5314* *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
7:72
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL
Technical details 600mm maxi louvre motorised
typical detail 3d model 600 maxi louvre motorised
Maxi-Drive Motorised 600mm Maxi Louvre
Motorised Panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:73
typical detail : MAXI-DRIVE MOTORISED 600MM MAXI LOUVRE VERTICAL PANEL
section - louvres closed
section - maxi-drive motorised 600mm maxi louvre
7:74
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.74 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODEL
Technical details 600mm maxi louvre end fixed
typical detail 3d model 600 maxi louvre end fixed vertical panel
Custom louvre end cap/ fixing plate
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
Aluminium or steel structural frame (steel by others)
End fixed vertical panel - horizontal blades
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:75
typical detail : end fixed 600mm maxi louvre
plan - end fixed 600mm maxi louvre
section - end fixed 600mm maxi louvre
7:76
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.76 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
sun louvres - airfoil 3D MODELs
Technical details 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed
typical detail 3d model 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed vertical panel horizontal blades
Blades can be fixed at any pitch and centres
Louvre fixing bracket
Bracket fixed - horizontal blades
typical detail 3d model 600mm maxi louvre bracket fixed vertical panel vertical blades
Blades can be set at any pitch and centres
Louvre fixing bracket Bracket fixed - vertical blades
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
7:77
typical detail : bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre
plan - bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre
cantilevered end
section - bracket fixed 600mm maxi louvre
7:78
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 7.78 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
RECTANGULAR rectangular sun louvres 8.06 - 8.08
120 Flush panel
8.09 - 8.12
200 Flush panel
8.13 - 8.17
125 Weatherboard panel
8.18 - 8.23
180 Weatherboard panel
8.24 - 8.29
150mm Helena Bay
8.30 - 8.33
95mm Bella Vista
8.34 - 8.37
95mm Bella Vista Heavy
8.38 - 8.41
135mm Hi Span
8.42 - 8.43
165mm Hi Span
8.44 - 8.50
RL 300 Square
8.51 - 8.52
RL 300 Mitre
8.53 - 8.54
RL 450 Square
8.55 - 8.56
RL 450 Mitre
8.57 - 8.58
RL 600 Square
8.59 - 8.60
RL 600 Mitre
8.61 - 8.76
RECTANGULAR
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Sun Louvres Rectangular Overview
8:01
8:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR
RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES
rectangular sun louvres Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
X Louvretec’s collection of Rectangular shaped Sun Louvre PGblades. Copy PG X A design alternative to conventional shaped louvre blades.PG X Copy Copy
rectangular sunlouvres
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
Copy
PG X
8.03
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR GALLERY
1.
2.
1. BOX SECTION CEILING LOUVRES
8:04
3.
4.
Julian Guthrie Architecture
2. END FIXED LOUVRES 3.MOTORISED SUN LOUVRES 4. RECTANGULAR LOUVRES
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR GALLERY
5.
6.
7.
8.
5. 300MM BOX SECTION CEILING LOUVRES
9.
6. LOUVRELINE PANELS CLOSED 7.180MM 1. PHOTO LOUVRELINE CAPTION PANELS 2. PHOTO 8. END CAPTION FIXED SUN 3. PHOTO LOUVRES CAPTION 9. LOUVRELINE 4. PHOTO PANEL CAPTION OPEN
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
x : x 8:058:05
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
SUN LOUVRES RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW the sun louvre rectangular range Louvretec now offers a comprehensive range of both Airfoil and Rectangular sun louvres. Please refer Section 6 – Sun Louvres Overview to see the wide range of configurations available. This includes Spiral Pivot motorisation utilising Somfy motors, controllers and home automation options. Spiral Pivot systems can also be hand operable – there is also a range of hand operated KISS Pivot sun louvre systems. Louvretec’s Elam Street Frame for free standing motorised or hand operated sun louvre systems is still available. Louvretec has also developed a new free standing structural Super Elam Street Frame with sub-frame which incorporates the fully hidden motor (or gearbox) along with the Spiral Pivot operating mechanism within the sub frame. All the sun louvres can be end fixed or bracket fixed both in vertical wall panels or horizontally overhead. Please refer Section 7 in Sun Louvres – Airfoils for full details on our Airfoil product range.
sun louvres - rectangular Rectangular sun louvres provide a great alternative to traditional airfoil shapes – and are particularly well suited to the clean minimalistic lines of much of today’s modern architecture. With sizes ranging from 95mm through to the new RL 600mm, rectangular sun louvres now offers unprecedented options and choices. Elegant designs all fully engineered and certified for residential and commercial use.
8:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPANS AT A GLANCE
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
RECTANGULAR SUN LOUVRES 9 DIFFERENT STYLES
MAXIMUM SPANS
OPERABLE EX
1750MM
2500MM
120 FLUSH PANEL
EX
2250MM
3350MM
200 FLUSH PANEL
EX
1750MM 2500MM
125 WEATHERBOARD
EX
2100MM
3050MM
180 WEATHERBOARD
EX
2050MM
3050MM
150 HELENA BAY
EX
1450MM
95 BELLA VISTA
2100MM
EX
1900MM
2800MM
95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY
EX
3500MM
4400MM
135 HI SPAN
EX
3500MM
165 HI SPAN
4400MM
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8.05 8:07
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPANS AT A GLANCE
MINIMUM - MAXIMUM BLADE SPANS AT A GLANCE AS DETERMINED BY WIND SPEED. REFER TO SECTION 11 ENGINEERING REPORTS FOR FULL DETAILS ON BLADE SPANS.
EXTRA HIGH WIND SPEED 198KM/H 55M/S
EX
LOW WIND SPEED 115KM/H 32M/S
RECTANGULAR LOUVRES 6 DIFFERENT STYLES
MAXIMUM SPANS
OPERABLE
EX
4050MM RL 300 SQUARE
5800MM
EX
4050MM
RL 450 SQUARE
5800MM
EX
4050MM 5800MM
RL 600 SQUARE
EX
4050MM
RL 300 MITRE
5800MM
EX
4050MM RL 450 MITRE
5800MM
EX
4050MM RL 600 MITRE
8:08
5800MM
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 120MM FLUSH PANEL
120MM FLUSH PANEL wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade The 120mm and 200mm Louvreline Flush Panel louvre system provides for an extensive range of applications. Rectangular Louvres are available as Spiral Pivot motorised or hand operable panels and provide a fully flush operable opening wall. Blades can be run vertically or horizontally with each blade closing on to a woolpile strip. The triple box section design allows for good spans both vertically and horizontally.
SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL
ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
HAND OPERABLE BALUSTRADE
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:09
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 120MM FLUSH PANEL
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
115 mm 8 kg/sqm 115 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
0.86 kg/lm 120 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
2600
2500
2300
2050
1900
1750
Fixed Vertical
3100
2900
2700
2500
2300
2050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 18 blades STEP 1 17 blades x 115 1 blade at 120 18 blades
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1955 120 =2075
STEP 2 Blade cover 2075 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =2085 *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
8:10
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE
gearbox and handle
Hand operable 125mm weatherboard balustrade.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 120MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE
mounting to building structural Sub- frame motor within frame
mounting to building
motor cover
Super Elam Street Frame with sub-frame - ver tical panel, ver tical blades.
Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
8:118:11
TYPICAL DETAIL : 120MM SPIRAL PIVOT FLUSH PANEL
SECTION - MOTORISED 120 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STRUCTURAL FRAME
SECTION A
SECTION B
SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 120 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
SECTION B 6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:12
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.12
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 200MM FLUSH PANEL
200MM FLUSH PANEL walll panel / sun louvre / balustrade The 200mm Flush Panel louvre system is available as Spiral Pivot motorised or hand operable providing a fully flush operable opening wall. Blades can be run vertically or horizontally. Each blade closes on to a woolpile strip. The triple box section design provides good spans both vertically and horizontally. The slim 200mm blades are only 27mm deep giving over 165mm clear space when opened. Choose either centre of blade or rear pivot options. Rear pivot allows for close fitting alongside aluminium window and door joinery.
200 FLUSH PANEL CENTRE PIVOT
ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED
SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL
200 FLUSH PANEL REAR PIVOT
SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB FRAME VERTICAL MOTORISED
ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL HAND OPERATED
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:13
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 200MM FLUSH PANEL
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
192 mm 13.95 kg/sqm 192 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2.67 kg/lm 200 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
3500
3350
3000
2650
2450
2250
Fixed Vertical
4200
3800
3400
3000
2800
2600
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM SIZE & FRAME BOTH SIDES Width: Check engineering limits Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 192crs 1 blade at 200mm 17 blades
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
3072 200 =3272
STEP 2 Blade cover 3272 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm clearance @ ends 10 Total exact opening height =3282
8:14
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 200MM FLUSH PANEL SPIRAL PIVOT
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 200 FLUSH PANEL MOTORISED SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES - CENTRE PIVOT
200 flush panel - centre pivot
Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 200 FLUSH PANEL MOTORISED SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES - REAR PIVOT
200 flush panel - rear pivot
Super Elam Street with sub frame ver tical panel. ver tical blades
note: rear pivot louvres can only be used as ver tical blades 3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
5
8:15
TYPICAL DETAIL : 200MM FLUSH PANEL - CENTRE PIVOT
SECTION - CENTRE PIVOT MOTORISED 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB FRAME
Super Elam Street structural frame
SECTION A
(CROSS SECTION)
SECTION B
SECTION - CENTRE PIVOT MANUALLY OPERABLE 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
(CROSS SECTION)
6.12
SECTION B
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:16
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.16
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 200MM FLUSH PANEL - REAR PIVOT
SECTION - REAR PIVOT MOTORISED 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB FRAME
SECTION A SECTION B
SECTION - REAR PIVOT MANUALLY OPERABLE 200 FLUSH LOUVRE SPIRAL
6.12
SECTION B
SECTION A
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.17
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:17
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
The 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard louvre panels provide a similar function with an alternative look to the Louvreline Flush panel louvres. Available as Spiral Pivot motorised or hand operable as well as end or bracket fixed. The blades can be run vertically or horizontally with each blade closing on to a recessed woolpile strip which eliminates metal to metal contact. When closed the mitred ends of the blades present a classic weatherboard panel effect.
HAND OPERABLE SCREEN
ELAM STREET FRAME - VERTICAL MOTORISED
SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME HORIZONTAL
END FIXED VERTICAL
END FIXED OVERHEAD
BRACKET FIXED OVERHEAD
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:18
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
115 mm 12kg/sqm 115
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
1.33 kg/lm 125 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
INSIDE
VERTICAL BLADES
Fixed Vertical
2600
2500
2300 BLADES HORIZTONAL
2050
1900
1750
3100
2900
2700
2500
2300
2100
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 115 1 blade at 125 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
BRACKET FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1840 125 =1965
STEP 2 Blade cover 1965 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =1975 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
8:198:19
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE SCREEN
gearbox and handle
Refer 135 Hi-Span (NZ) pages 8:42 - 8:43. Refer 165 Hi-Span (AUS) pages 8:44 - 8:45 for compliant balustrade louvres.
Hand operable 125mm weatherboard screen.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED LOUVRES
structural sub-frame
mounting to building
mounting to building motor cover
motor within frame
Super Elam Street structural frame with sub-frame ver tical panel, horizontal blades.
8:20
Elam Street - ver tical panel, ver tical blades.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 125MM WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE MOTORISED AND HAND OPERABLE
SECTION - MOTORISED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME
super elam street structural sub-frame
SECTION A
SECTION B
SECTION - HAND OPERABLE 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
SECTION B
6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.21
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:21
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 125MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - END FIXED LOUVRES
blades can be set to any pitch and centres
blades can be set to any pitch and centres
box section/end channel fixing end channel fixing End fixed horizontal overhead panel.
End fixed ver tical panel.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 125MM WEATHERBOARD - BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES
structural box section/angle fixing
bracket fixed to structural tee section
blades can be set to any pitch and centres
Bracket fixed ver tical panel.
8:22
blades can be set to any pitch and centres
Bracket fixed overhead panel.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 125MM WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE END & BRACKET FIXED
PLAN - END FIXED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
PLAN - BRACKET FIXED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
cantilevered end
SECTION - END FIXED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED 125 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
FILE: 8.23
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:23
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade The 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard louvre panels provide a similar function with an alternative look to the Louvreline Flush panel louvres. Available as Spiral Pivot motorised, hand operable, end or bracket fixed. The blades can run vertically or horizontally with each blade closing on to a recessed woolpile strip which eliminates metal to metal contact. When closed the mitred ends of the blades present a classic weatherboard panel effect. The triple box section design ensures strength and great spanning characteristics.
SUPER ELAM STREET FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME -VERTICAL MOTORISED
ELAM STREET FRAME - HORIZONTAL MOTORISED
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED -OVERHEAD PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
180 WEATHERBOARD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:24
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
169 mm 13 kg/sqm 169 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2.12 kg/lm 180 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
3200
3050
2800
2500
2300
2100
Fixed Vertical
3700
3500
3200
2850
2650
2450
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 169 1 blade at 180 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
BRACKET FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2704 180 =2884
STEP 2 Blade cover 2884 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =2894 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
8:258:25
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL - SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED AND HAND OPERABLE VERTICAL PANEL WITH CENTRE PIVOT
Hand operable ver tical panel.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD - HORIZONTAL PANEL WITH CENTRE PIVOT IN ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAMES mounting to building structural sub-frame
mounting to building
motor cover motor within frame
Super Elam Street with sub-frame - ver tical panel horizontal blades.
8:26
Elam Street ver tical panel, horizontal blades.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE - MOTORISED AND HAND OPERABLE
SECTION - MOTORISED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON ELAM STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME
SECTION A
SECTION B
SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
SECTION B
6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.27
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:27
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD END FIXED
end fixing channel
blades can be set to any pitch and centres
End fixed ver tical panel.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE 180MM WEATHERBOARD BRACKET FIXED
blades can be set to any pitch and centres structural tee section strut Bracket fixed overhead panel
8:28
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 180MM WEATHERBOARD PANEL - END FIXED AND BRACKET FIXED
PLAN - END FIXED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
PLAN - BRACKET FIXED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED 180 WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
FILE: 8.29
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:29
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL
150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL wall panel / sun louvre / balustrade
This blade has been specifically designed for end fixing or bracket fixing only. The 45° mitred end of the blade presents a flush vertical face to the leading edge of the panel. The triple box section design provides excellent strength and spanning capabilities for both vertical and horizontal panels..
END FIXED VERTICAL PANELS
END FIXED OVERHEAD PANELS
BRACKET FIXED VERTICAL PANELS
BRACKET FIXED OVERHEAD PANELS
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:30
WOOD FINISH
150MM HELENA BAY 45 DEGREE FIXED WEATHERBOARD
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS - END OR BRACKET FIXED ONLY Blade cover - opening system N/A Weight per square metre - opening system N/A Blade Centres - opening system N/A
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
1.5 kgm/lm 148 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
3200
3050
2750
2400
2200
2050
Fixed Vertical
3600
3450
3150
2800
2550
2400
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
BRACKET FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
8:318:31
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL - END FIXED
End fixed ver tical panel.
End fixed overhead panel.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL - BRACKET FIXED
Bracket fixed ver tical panel.
8:32
Bracket fixed overhead panel.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017 2017. -All Technical details subject to change without Allrights Rightsreserved. Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 150MM HELENA BAY 45º FIXED WEATHERBOARD PANEL END FIXED // BRACKET FIXED
PLAN - END FIXED 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
PLAN - BRACKET FIXED 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED 150 (HELENA BAY) 45º WEATHERBOARD LOUVRE
FILE: 8.33
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:33
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 95MM BELLA VISTA
95MM BELLA VISTA a rectangular option for infills
The Bella Vista family of two louvre blades is available in standard or heavy versions and offers a rectangular option to the 90mm KISS Midi Louvre. Available as a hand operated KISS Pivot system and offering the advantages of fully adjustable louvres at little more than fixed louvre prices. The rectangular blades close onto a woolpile strip and sit flush when closed giving a pleasing contrast to traditional shaped louvres. Particularly well suited to hinged or sliding shutters. Also available end fixed.
95MM BELLA VISTA LOUVRE
95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PANEL
END FIXED VERTICAL
END FIXED OVERHEAD
95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING DOOR
95MM BELLA VISTA BIFOLD DOOR
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:34
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
90 mm 7.55 kg/sqm 90 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
0.68 lm 95 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
1700
1550
1450
1950
1800
1700
WIND ZONE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
INSIDE
VERTICAL BLADES
Fixed Vertical
2550
2100
2600
2400
1900 BLADES HORIZTONAL 2200
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
KISS PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 90 1 blade at 95 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1440 95 =1535
STEP 2 Blade cover 1535 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 16mm + 16mm 32 Total exact opening height =1567 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:35
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
95mm Bella Vista kiss pivot panel.
95mm Bella Vista end fixed ver tical panel.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING AND BIFOLD DOORS
95mm Bella Vista in sliding door.
8:36
95mm Bella Vista in Bi-fold door.
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
PLAN 95 BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL
PLAN - END FIXED 95 BELLA VISTA IN DOOR PANEL
SECTION 95 BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL
SECTION - END FIXED 95 BELLA VISTA IN DOOR PANEL
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.37
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:37
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY ideal for exposed locations
The Bella Vista family of two louvre blades is available in standard or heavy versions and offers a rectangular option to the 90mm KISS Midi Louvre. Bella Vista Heavy is a hand operated KISS Pivot system and shares all the characteristics of the 95mm Bella Vista. Designed to incorporate increased spanning capability this blade out performs all other louvres in its class and is particularly well suited to exposed locations. Also available end fixed.
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY BLADE
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PANEL
END FIXED VERTICAL
END FIXED OVERHEAD
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY SLIDING DOOR
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY BIFOLD DOOR
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:38
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
90 mm 10.1 kg/sqm 90 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
0.91kg/lm 95 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
2250
2050
1900
2550
2350
2200
WIND ZONE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
INSIDE
VERTICAL BLADES
Fixed Vertical
3000
2800
3300
3150
2550 BLADES HORIZTONAL 2900
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 90 1 blade at 95 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
1440 95 =1535
STEP 2 Blade cover 1535 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 16mm + 16mm 32 Total exact opening height =1567 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size. Louvres can be any pitch any centre.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:39
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
95mm Bella Vista Heavy KISS pivot panel
95mm Bella Vista Heavy end fixed ver tical panel
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILES 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY SLIDING AND BIFOLDING DOORS
95mm Bella Vista Heavy in sliding door
8:40
95mm Bella Vista Heavy in bifold door
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY END FIXED / KISS PIVOT
PLAN 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL
SECTION 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT IN DOOR PANEL
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
PLAN - END FIXED 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY IN DOOR PANEL
SECTION - END FIXED 95 BELLA VISTA HEAVY IN DOOR PANEL
FILE: 8.41
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:41
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES operable balustrades The 135mm Hi-Span louvre has been designed to provide an operable Spiral pivoting louvre suitable to be used as a balustrade system in NZ. The louvre is to be used as an infill panel only and does not include structural horizontal or vertical balustrade supports. Structural balustrade support by others.
TECHNICAL DETAILS BALUSTRADES NZ AND AUSTRALIAN COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements as at the time of printing. Please confirm all details with your local regulatory authority prior to balustrade installation. 1. A barrier is required when somone could fall verticallly 1m or more. 2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adquate strength to cope with people pressing against it. 3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foot hold between 150mm & 750mm above the deck surface to climb over the balustrade or fall through. 4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 100mm. 5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 125mm.
SPIRAL PIVOT OPERABLE 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE CAN ALSO BE END FIXED
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:42
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
OPERATING THIS BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES (NOTE ACTUAL BLADE WIDTH 138MM)
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
130 mm 16.4 kg/sqm 130 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2.16 kgm/lm 138 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
INSIDE
VERTICAL BLADES
Adjustable and Fixed -Balustrade
4850
4400
4400 BLADES HORIZTONAL
4100
3700
3500
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 130 1 blade at 138 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2080 138 =2218
STEP 2 Blade cover 2218 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =2228 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
8:438:43
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES operable balustrades The 165mm Hi-Span louvre has been designed to provide an operable Spiral pivoting louvre suitable to be used as a balustrade system in Australia. The louvre is to be used as an infill panel only and does not include structural horizontal or vertical balustrade supports. Structural balustrade support by others. TECHNICAL DETAILS BALUSTRADES NZ AND AUSTRALIAN COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements as at the time of printing. Please confirm all details with your local regulatory authority prior to balustrade installation. 1. A barrier is required when somone could fall verticallly 1m or more. 2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adquate strength to cope with people pressing against it. 3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foot hold between 150mm & 750mm above the deck surface to climb over the balustrade or fall through. 4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 100mm. 5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade vertcials is 125mm. Structural balustrade horizontal and vertical Supports by others
SPIRAL PIVOT OPERABLE 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE CAN ALSO BE END FIXED
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
8:44
WOOD FINISH
POWDERCOATED
OPERATING YOUR OPENING ROOF - THE CHOICE IS YOUR Fixed options Operable systems
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES (NOTE ACTUAL WIDTH 163MM)
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
155 mm 16.4 kg/sqm 155 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
2.556 kg/lm 163 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
INSIDE
VERTICAL BLADES
Spans for Balustrades
4950
4500
4500 BLADES HORIZTONAL
4200
3800
3500
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Heigh: Calculation example showing 17 blades STEP 1 16 blades x 155 1 blade at 163 17 blades
END FIXED Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2480 163 =2643
STEP 2 Blade cover 2643 + top and bottom closing angles allow for 5mm + 5mm 10 Total exact opening height =2655 * *This is inside measure - not outer frame size.
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
8:458:45
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - SPIRAL PIVOT HAND OPERABLE
135mm Hi-span balustrade - full height and balustrade height operable Spiral Pivot panel. Structural balustrade horizontal and ver tical. Suppor ts done by others.
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE - SPIRAL PIVOT MOTORISED
Super Elam Street structural frame with sub-frame ver tical panel - horizontal louvres
8:46
Elam Street ver tical panel - ver tical blades
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 2017 - Alldetails Rightssubject Reserved. Technical specifications ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. ©Louvretec Technical to change without notice. subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE
SECTION - MOTORISED 135 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME
SECTION A
SECTION B
SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 135 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
SECTION B
6.12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.47
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:47
TYPICAL DETAIL : 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRE
SECTION - MOTORISED 165 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT ON SUPER ELAM STREET STRUCTURAL FRAME WITH SUB-FRAME
SECTION A SECTION A
SECTIONSECTION B B
SECTION - MANUALLY OPERABLE 165 HI-SPAN LOUVRE SPIRAL PIVOT
SECTION A
6.12
SECTION B
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:48
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.48
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
TECHNICAL DETAILS 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D MODELS 135MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES - END FIXED
135mm Hi Span louvres - end fixed ver tical panel
135mm Hi Span louvres - end fixed overhead panel
TYPICAL DETAIL BIM 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES - END FIXED
165mm Hi-Span louvre end fixed ver tical panel
165mm Hi-Span louvres end fixed overhead panel
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec rights reserved. details subject to change ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specificationsTechnical subject to change without notice.without notice.
8:498:49
TYPICAL DETAIL : 135MM AND 165MM HI-SPAN BALUSTRADE LOUVRES END FIXED
PLAN - END FIXED 135 HI SPAN LOUVRE
PLAN - END FIXED 165 HI SPAN LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED 135 HI SPAN LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED 165 HI SPAN LOUVRE
Louvres outside of frame, end caps required
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:50
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.50
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE
RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 300 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 300 Mitre (see over page). Both RL 300 louvres can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end or bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP.
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:51
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
307 mm 18.5 sqm 307 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
5.45 kgm 300 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Horizontal and Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades
9 blades x 307 1 blade at 300 10 blades
8:52
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2763 300 =3063
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE
RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 300 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 300 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 300 louvres can be Maxi-Drive Motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP.
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:53
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
307 mm 18.5 sqm 307 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
5.45 kgm 300 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades
9 blades x 307 1 blade at 300 10 blades
8:54
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
2763 300 =3063
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE
RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 450 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 450 Mitre (see over pg). Both RL 450 louvres can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP.
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:55
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
457 mm 18.5 sqm 457 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
8.27 kgm 450 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades
9 blades x 457 1 blade at 450 10 blades
8:56
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
4113 450 = 4563
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE
RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 450 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 450 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 450 louvres can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM
OPERABLE OPTION - MAXI-DRIVE PIVOT SYSTEM HAND OP.
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:57
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
457 mm 18.5 sqm 457 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
8.27 kgm 450 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 10 blades
9 blades x 457 1 blade at 450 10 blades
8:58
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
4113 450 =4563
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE
RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 600 Square is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 600 Mitre (see next pg). Both RL 600 louvres can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL
MAXI DRIVE MOTORISATION UNDER DEVELOPMENT
M
O TO
RI
SA TI
O
N
U
N
D
ER
D
EV
EL
O
PM
EN
T
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
MOTORS AND SENSORS
8:59
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
607 mm 19.0 sqm 607 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
11.10 kgm 600 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 8 blades
7 blades x 607 1 blade at 600 8 blades
8:60
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
4259 600 =4849
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE
RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE rectangular louvre Introducing Louvretec’s new range of Rectangular Louvres (RL). The RL 600 Mitre is one of six large rectangular shaped louvres designed to meet demand for large custom louvre systems. Two blade shapes are available - the traditional square end or mitred to a 7º angle as per its partner blade the RL 600 Square (see previous pg). Both RL 600 louvres can be Maxi-Drive motorised, end or bracket fixed. The specific design and engineering of the Maxi-Drive, end & bracket fixing systems ensures a clean, uncluttered appearance & outstanding spanning capabilities. For both commercial and residential applications.
END FIXED - VERTICAL PANEL
END FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL
BRACKET FIXED - VERTICAL
MAXI DRIVE MOTORISATION UNDER DEVELOPMENT
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
BRACKET FIXED - HORIZONTAL PANEL
OPERATING THIS SUN LOUVRE - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOUVRETEC GEARBOX
8:61
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DETAILS RL 600 MITRE LOUVRE
BLADE SPECIFICATIONS Blade cover - opening system Weight per square metre - opening system Blade Centres - opening system
607 mm 19.0 sqm 607 mm
Weight per lineal metre Actual blade width
11.10 kgm 600 mm
SPANS AT A GLANCE NB Refer Engineering Section. Climate, terrain, shielding, location, type of structure contribute to determine spans. LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
Factored wind speed at building
32m/s 115km/hr
37m/s 133km/hr
44m/s 158km/hr
50m/s 179km/hr
55m/s 198km/hr
Ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
+0.92 & -1.15
+1.23 & -1.53
+1.74 & -2.17
+2.24 & -2.80
+2.71 & -3.39
WIND ZONE
INSIDE
Adjustable and Fixed Vertical and Horizontal
5800
5800
5800
5100
4500
4050
Fixed Vertical
5800
5800
5800
5100
4500
4050
INSTALLATION OPTIONS
MAXI DRIVE SYSTEM: CALCULATE OPTIMUM FRAME OPENING SIZES Width: Check engineering limits Height: Calculation example showing 8 blades
7 blades x 607 1 blade at 600 8 blades
8:62
END FIXED
BRACKET FIXED
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
Louvres at any pitch Louvres at any centre
4249 600 =4849
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODELS
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:63
TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 & RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRES
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 SQUARE LOUVRE
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 450 SQUARE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:64
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.64
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:65
TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 & RL 450 MITRE LOUVRES
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 300 MITRE LOUVRE
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 450 MITRE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:66
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.66
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE MOTORISED MAXI DRIVE LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:67
TYPICAL DETAIL : MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE & RL 600 MITRE LOUVRES
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRES CLOSED
SECTION - MAXI DRIVE MOTORISED RL 600 SQUARE LOUVRES OPEN
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:68
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.68
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 SQUARE END FIXED LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 SQUARE END FIXED LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:69
TYPICAL DETAIL : END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRES
PLAN - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:70
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.70
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 MITRE END FIXED LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 MITRE END FIXED LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:71
TYPICAL DETAIL : END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRES
PLAN - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE
SECTION - END FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:72
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.72
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 SQUARE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 SQUARE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:73
TYPICAL DETAIL : BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRES
PLAN - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 SQUARE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:74
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.74
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SUN LOUVRES - RECTANGULAR 3D MODEL
PRODUCT DETAILS RL 300/450/600 MITRE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES
TYPICAL DETAIL 3D FILE RL 300/450/600 MITRE BRACKET FIXED LOUVRES
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved.
Technical details subject to change without notice.
8:75
TYPICAL DETAIL : BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRES
PLAN - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE
cantilevered end
SECTION - BRACKET FIXED RL 300/450/600 MITRE LOUVRE
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
8:76
SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 8.76
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
NOTES
coastal series aluminium shutters Overview
9.06 - 9.09
Sliding shutters
9.10 - 9.19
Bifolding shutters
9.20 - 9.26
Hinged louvre doors
9.27 - 9.33
Hinged louvre and Plantation shutters
9.34 - 9.35 SHUTTERS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:01
9:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SHUTTERS - COASTAL SERIES ALUMINIUM SHUTTERS
Coastal Series Aluminium Shutters A flawlessly smooth operation
©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
9:03
SHUTTERS GALLERY
1.
2.
1
3.
1. 90MM KISS PIVOT BIFOLDS
9:04
4.
2. 70MM KISS PIVOT SLIDERS
3. 70MM FIXED IN SLIDING DOOR
4. 90MM KISS PANELS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SHUTTERS GALLERY
5
6.
7.
7.
8.
5. 70MM KISS PIVOT SLIDING DOORS 6. 90MM PLANTATION SHUTTERS 7. 95MM BELLA VISTA SLIDING SHUTTERS 8.70MM KISS PIVOT SHUTTERS
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:059:05
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS
SLIDING DOOR/SLIDING WINDOW
sliding, bifolding and hinged shutter systems for doors and windows Designed to operate in the harshest of conditions, Louvretec’s new Coastal Series Shutters offers a wide range of design options. Custom made to meet the most demanding design and performance criteria.
All Louvretec Coastal Shutters are manufactured from commercial grade powdercoated or anodised aluminium.
BIFOLD DOOR/BIFOLD WINDOW
All sliding, bifolding or hinged componentry have completed extensive corrosion resistant testing and are constructed using 300 series stainless steel, with componentry die-cast in 316 marine grade. With Louvretec’s extensive range of louvre shapes and sizes, matched with a range of door frames for all sliding, bifold or hinged installations Louvretec Coastal series offers a premium range of shutters for a wide variety of applications.
HINGED DOOR/ HINGED PLANTATION SHUTTER
9:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
TOP HUNG SLIDERS CARRIAGE WITHIN HEAD TRACK
SLIDING, BIFOLDING, HINGED SHUTTERS SYSTEMS details at a glance - for doors and windows Sliding louvre shutters vary considerably from glazed aluminium joinery sliding doors. Glazed aluminium joinery doors generally fit within a four sided outer frame with the glass assisting with the bracing of the sliding panel. Sliding louvre shutters generally fit to the outside of the building, deck or within a prepared opening and as such only have top and bottom tracks and guides.
top hung or bottom rolling?
BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDER
Top hung shutters have the advantage of being held captive within the top track. A minimal bottom guide only is required. Bottom rolling shutters do not require structural fixing at the head with all the weight being on the bottom track. They are easy to operate, particularly with larger doors.
transom Adjustable louvres provide no lateral bracing for the sliding panel and in most cases for shutters over 1500mm wide a transom is required. MULLION AND TRANSOM
Fixed louvres however provide excellent lateral bracing eliminating the need for a transom.
mullion As generally smaller 70mm - 100mm louvres are used in sliding shutters a mullion may be required in shutters over 1200mm - 1500mm wide in order to meet spanning requirements.
shutter weight with Mullion
with Transom
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Calculating the weight of a sliding louvred shutter allow 15kg per sqm. This includes louvres, outer frame mullions and transoms if required.
9:079:07
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS sliding, bifolding and hinged shutter systems for doors and windows
KISS PIVOT SYSTEM COMPATIBLE AIRFOIL BLADES
KISS pivot system The upgraded KISS Pivot system operates by the use of double drive arms that sit flush against the frame when the louvres are closed. For added strength the flush fixed slide lock sites within the blade and now features a marine grade s/s locking pin. Select from a choice of five louvre blades. 70 Mini, 90mm Midi, 150mm Midi, 95mm Bella Vista, 95mm Bella Vista Heavy
end fixed All of the Kiss Pivot blades listed above, shown can be end fixed.
END FIXED COMPATIBLE AIRFOIL BLADES
For larger fixed louvres consider: AIRFOIL LOUVRES - 120mm and 180mm Airfoils. RECTANGULAR LOUVRES - 125mm and 180mm Weatherboard 150mm Helena Bay
9:08
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES SHUTTERS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES SLIDING DOOR & SLIDING SHUTTER EXTENSIONS WINDOW EXTRUSIONS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz
SCALE: 1:20 @ A4 www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 9.09
File FileName 1:2 @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without 2016 notice. Product Manual
Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice ©
®
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 9:09 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG
COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER & WINDOW external shutter systems Coastal 120 Sliders are designed for top hung sliding shutter doors and windows weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 120kg. Typically allow between 12kg - 14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider. Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of panel.
COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING WINDOW
COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER
1200
1500
3000
2000
2400
GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
9:10
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2000
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS & TYPICAL DETAIL: 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING & WINDOWS, 70mm;COASTAL 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END DOORS FIXED PANEL. END FIXED 70MM KISS PIVOT 70MM TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS & WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANEL. WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANEL.
END FIXED 90MM
KISS PIVOT 90MM
END FIXED 150MM
KISS PIVOT 150MM
File FileName Varies@ A4 Scale File 16/01/2017 Date Modified FileName @ A4 Varies Scale ® File FileName Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 16/01/2017 Date © Modified DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.11 @ A4 Varies Scale 2016 All rights reserved www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ® 16/01/2017 Date Modified Product Technical Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Details subject to change without notice ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. © ® 2016 All rights reserved Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © Technical Details subject to change without notice 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand PO 300 (9) 328415 Albany P Box+64 4949 Auckland, Zealand F +64New (9) 415 4990 PO Box 300 328 Albany PE info@louvretec.co.nz +64 (9) 415 4949 Auckland, New Zealand F W www.louvretec.co.nz +64 (9) 415 4990 P +64 (9) 415 9:11 4949 E info@louvretec.co.nz F +64 (9) 415 4990 W www.louvretec.co.nz E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: HUNG & WINDOWS 95mm BELLA VISTA; END FIXED 95MM COASTAL BELLA VISTA 120 TOP KISS PIVOT SLIDING 95MM BELLADOORS VISTA 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS.
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 120 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS & WINDOWS 95mm BELLA VISTA; 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS.
END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA
9:12
KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
File FileName DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.12 300 328 Albany PO Box @ A4 Varies Scale www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au Auckland, New Zealand Date Modified 16/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject toPchange +64 without notice. (9) 415 4949 ® F +64 (9) 415 4990 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved W www.louvretec.co.nz
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER AND WINDOW
COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER & WINDOW external shutters Heavy duty Coastal 250 sliders are designed for top hung sliding windows and doors weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 250kg. Typically allow between 12kg-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider. Larger panel sliders may require additional mullion and be subject to approved engineering to suit wind zone. Contact Louvretec regarding structural design of panel.
COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG TWO PANEL SLIDER
COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING SHUTTER
3000
4000
5000
3300
3300
3300
GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:139:13
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS250 PIVOT END FIXED PANELS. TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL TOP& HUNG SLIDING DOORS END FIXED 70MM KISS PIVOT 70MM TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANELS. 70mm; 90mm; 150mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANELS.
9:14
END FIXED 90MM
KISS PIVOT 90MM
END FIXED 150MM
KISS PIVOT 150MM
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany Varies@ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand File Date Modified FileName 16/01/2017 P 300 +64 (9)Albany 415 4949 PO Box 328 Varies®@ A4 Scale F +64 (9) 415 4990 Auckland, New Zealand Product Manual Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty File 2016 FileName DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.14 16/01/2017 Date Modified © PO 300 E +64 info@louvretec.co.nz P Box (9)328 415Albany 4949 reserved www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au @ A4 Varies Scale 2016 All rights ® Auckland, New Zealand W +64 www.louvretec.co.nz F (9) 415 4990 ©Louvretec 2017. All rightsnotice reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. Technical Details subject to change without Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Date Modified 16/01/2017 © P +64 (9) 415 4949 E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved ® F +64 (9) 415 4990 W www.louvretec.co.nz ProductTechnical Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Details subject to change without noticeAust. Pty © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS
END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS 95mm BELLA VISTA; 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 250 TOP HUNG SLIDING DOORS 95mm BELLA VISTA; 95mm BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PIVOT PANELS
END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
FILE: 9.15
File FileName Varies @ A4 Scale ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016 ©
Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty ®
PO Box 300 328 Albany 9:15 Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING
COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTERS external shutters systems Coastal 80 sliders are designed for bottom rolling windows and doors with a maximum finished panel weight of 80kg. Typically allow between 12kg-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider. Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of panel.
COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER
1200
COASTAL 80 BOTTOM ROLLING 3 PANEL SLIDING WINDOW
1200
3000
2000
2400
GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
9:16
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTERS INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2000
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER
COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER external shutters Heavy duty Coastal 200 sliders are designed for bottom rolling sliding windows and doors weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of 200kg. Typically allow between 12kg-14 kg per sqm when calculating weight of slider. Larger panel sliders may require additional mullion and be subject to approved engineering to suit wind zone. Contact Louvretec regarding structual design of panel.
COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING TWO PANEL SLIDING SHUTTER
COASTAL 200 BOTTOM ROLLING SLIDING SHUTTER
4000
3300
2400
5000
3000
3000
GUIDELINES AT A GLANCE - MAXIMUM PANEL SIZES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:179:17
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 80 AND 200 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL 200 & 80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL 200 & KISS 80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & WINDOWS 70mm; 90mm ;150mm PIVOT & END-FIXED PANELS END FIXED 70MM KISS PIVOT 70MM TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL 200 & 80 BOTTOM DOORS & WINDOWS 70mm; 90mm ;150mm KISS PIVOT &ROLLING END-FIXED PANELS WINDOWS 70mm; 90mm ;150mm KISS PIVOT & END-FIXED PANELS
END FIXED 90MM
KISS PIVOT 90MM
END FIXED 150MM
KISS PIVOT 150MM
9:18
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany Varies @ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand File FileName PO 300(9) 328 Albany Date Modified 16/01/2017 P Box+64 415 4949 Varies @ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand File FileName ® FPO +64 (9)328 415Albany 4990 DATE NZ MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.18 Product ManualDate 2016Modified Louvretec Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Box 300 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949 © @ A4 Varies Scale www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights Auckland, New Zealand ®reserved F +64 (9) 415 4990 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. change withoutxnotice. ProductTechnical Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust.Technical Pty details subject to W www.louvretec.co.nz 16/01/2017 Date Modified Details subject to change without notice +64 (9): x 415 4949 © E Pinfo@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved ® F www.louvretec.co.nz +64 (9) 415 4990 W Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Technical Details subject to change without notice © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 80 AND 200 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTALKISS 200&80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & WINDOWS END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 200&80 BOTTOM ROLLING DOORS & WINDOWS BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS
END FIXED 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
KISS PIVOT 95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY
FILE: 9.19
File FileName Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice ®
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 4159:19 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
BIFOLDING SHUTTER SYSTEMS
TWO PANEL BIFOLD DOORS
bifolding shutter systems for doors and windows Louvretec Bifold Doors effortlessly slide open with panels following suit, neatly stacking against the wall Louvretec Coastal series bifolding doors are available in two sizes. 1. Bifolding Coastal 25 -Designed around a maximum panel weight of 25kg 2. Bifolding Coastal 100 -Designed around a maximum panel weight of 100kg FOUR PANEL BIFOLD DOORS
top hung All Coastal Series bifolds are top hung. As multi-panel bifolds can load considerable weight to the top track suitable fixing at the head is essential - please contact Louvretec for specific weight loadings.
transom A transom is standard on all Coastal Bifolds.
shutter weight Calculating the weight of a bifolding louvered shutter allow 12-14 kg per sqm. This includes louvres, outer frame mullions and transom.
TYPICAL TOP HUNG DETAILS
mix and match The same options that are available to our sliding shutters are available to our bifold shutters - these being the KISS Pivot and end fixed.
9:20
x :x
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 25 AND COASTAL 100 BIFOLDING CONFIGURATIONS
TWO PANEL BIFOLD
THREE PANEL BIFOLD SLIDING TO ONE SIDE
THREE PANEL BIFOLD ONE PANEL HINGED
ODD NUMBER OF BIFOLD PANELS SLIDING TO ONE SIDE
EVEN NUMBER OF BIFOLD PANELS SLIDING TO ONE SIDE
ODD NUMBER OF BIFOLD PANELS ONE PANEL HINGED
ODD NUMBER OF BIFOLD PANELS
NOTES:
OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS ARE POSSIBLE BASED ON THESE OPTIONS
MAXIMUM LEAF WEIGHT 60KG MAXIMUM LEAF WIDTH 900MM MAXIMUM LEAF HEIGHT 3300MM
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
FILE: 9.21
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:21
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES BIFOLD DOOR AND WINDOW EXTRUSIONS AND HARDWARE
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES BI-FOLDS DOOR & WINDOW EXTRUSIONS AND HARDWARE
File FileName Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
9:22
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 ® F +64 (9) 415 4990 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: NTS FILE: 9.22 © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rightswww.louvretec.co.nz reserved www.louvretec.com.au W www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change without notice ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 25 BIFOLD WINDOWS AND DOORS
COASTAL 25 BIFOLD WINDOWS external shutters Coastal 25 Bifolding shutters are designed for windows and door panels weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of up to 25kg. Typically allow between 12-14kg per sqm when calculating weight of a Bifold panel. Maximum panel size 2100mm (h) x 800mm (w).
COASTAL 25 PANELS UP TO 1500 (H) MAY GO TO 900 (W)
COASTAL 25 BIFOLDING DOORS - 2 PANEL DOOR SHOWN
900MM MAX WINDOW FRAME PROJECTION
MAX WINDOW PANEL SIZE 1100 x 900
MAX DOOR PANEL SIZE 2100 x 800 MAX PANEL WEIGHT 20KG
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
PAGE : 234 SCALE : 1:5 @ A4 DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd www.louvretec.co.nz Louvretec Aust. Pty. www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
©Copyright 2016 All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:239:23
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL 25 BIFOLD DOORS AND WINDOWS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 25 BIFOLD DOORS & WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm;150mm; BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS DOORS PIVOT &&END FIXED;P40 PIVOT PANELS. TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 25 BIFOLD WINDOWS, 70mm; 90mm;150mm; 70MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT & END FIXED;P40 PIVOT PANELS.
95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
9:24
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany 1:12 @ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand File FileName Date Modified 16/01/2017 Box(9) 300415 3284949 Albany P PO +64 1:12 @ A4 Scale ® MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 Zealand FFILE:Auckland, 415 4990 DATE 9.24+64 (9) New Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 16/01/2017 © Date Modified www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au E info@louvretec.co.nz P +64 (9) 415 4949 2016 All rights reserved ® ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. +64 (9) 415 4990 W Fwww.louvretec.co.nz Product Manual 2016subject Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Technical Details to change without notice Aust. Pty © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved W www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change without notice
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW COASTAL 100 BIFOLD DOORS
COASTAL 100 BIFOLD DOORS external shutters
Coastal 100 Bifolding shutters are designed for windows and door panels weighing up to a maximum finished panel weight of up to 100kg. Typically allow15kg per sqm when calculating weight of a Bifold panel. Maximum panel size 3300mm (h) x 900mm (w)
COASTAL 100 4 PANEL BIFOLDING DOOR 90MM INFILLS
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
900
3300
3300
900
MAX PANEL SIZE 3300X900 MAX PANEL WEIGHT 100KGS
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:259:25
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL100 BIFOLD DOORS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL 100 BI-FOLDING DOORS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm; BELLA VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY; KISS PIVOT & END FIXED; P40 PANELS. 70MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 90MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED 150MM KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL BI-FOLDING DOORS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm; BELLA TYPICAL DETAIL: 100 COASTAL 100 BI-FOLDING DOORS, 70mm; 90mm; 150mm VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY; KISS PIVOTKISS & END FIXED; P40FIXED; PANELS. VISTA; BELLA VISTA HEAVY; PIVOT & END P40 PANELS.
95MM BELLA VISTA KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
9:26
95MM BELLA VISTA HEAVY KISS PIVOT AND END FIXED
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany 1:12 @ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand Date Modified 16/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949 ® FileName F FILE: +64 (9) 415 4990 File : 01/01/2017 FileName 9.26 Product Manual 2016File LouvretecDATE NZMODIFIED Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty PO Box 300 328 Albany © E info@louvretec.co.nz PO Box 3 @ A4 1:12Scale Scale @ A4 www.louvretec.co.nz 1:12 www.louvretec.com.au 2016 All rights reserved Auckland, New Zealand Auckland, www.louvretec.co.nz 2017.Modified All rights reserved. Technical details subject W to change notice. 16/01/2017 Date Modified Technical Details subject to ©Louvretec change without notice 16/01/2017 Date P without +64 (9) 415 4949 P +64 ® ® F +64 (9) 415 4990 F +64 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © © E info@louvretec.co.nz E info@lo 2016 All rights reserved 2016 All rights reserved
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
HINGED LOUVRE DOORS
HINGED LOUVERED DOORS
HINGED LOUVRE DOORS for doors and windows - details at a glance Louvretec Hinged doors are available in a range of three different styles. Choose depening on durability requirements and door size.
hinged louvre doors HINGED LOUVRE WINDOWS
HINGED LOUVERED WINDOWS
Louvretec Hinged doors area available in three distinctive styles: 1. Standard Hinged Doors Maximum sizes 2200mm (h) x 900mm (w) 2. Heavy Duty Hinged Doors Maximum sizes 2500mm (h) x 900mm (w) 3. Ultra Welded Hinged Doors Maximum sizes 3000mm (h) x 1300mm (w) Refer section 10 pages 10.06 - 10.12 for a full range of Louvretec Gates.
hinged louvre windows Hinged Louvred windows use standard hinged door extrusions and components. PLANTATION SHUTTERS
PLANTATION SHUTTERS
plantation shutters Plantation shutters use standard hinged door extrusions and components.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:279:27
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVERED DOORS AND WINDOWS, PLANTATION SHUTTERS COMPONENTS AND EXTRUSIONS
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRED DOORS & WINDOWS, PLANTATION SHUTTERS - COMPONENTS & EXTRUSIONS
File FileName Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
9:28
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 ® F FILE:+64 : 01/01/2017 9.28 (9) 415 4990 Product Manual 2016 LouvretecDATE NZMODIFIED Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © E info@louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au 2016 All rights reserved www.louvretec.co.nz ©Louvretecwithout 2017. All notice rights reserved. Technical details subjectW to change without notice. Technical Details subject to change
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW STANDARD HINGED DOORS
STANDARD HINGED DOORS external shutters Standard Hinged Doors are designed for a maximum panel size of 2200mm (h) x 900mm (w). Heavy Duty 105mm top and bottom rails are used with both fixed and adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for all adjustable louvre infills. Available in one panel and two panel french door configurations.
STANDARD HINGED DOOR RECOMMENDED MAX SIZES
STANDARD HINGED DOOR
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
9:299:29
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS
HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS external shutters Standard Hinged Doors are designed for a maximum panel size of 2500mm (h) x 900mm (w). Heavy Duty 105mm x 44mm top and bottom rails are used with both fixed and adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for all adjustable louvre infills. Available in one panel and two panel french door configurations.
HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR
HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR RECOMMENDED MAX SIZES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
9:30
WOOD FINISH
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES STANDARD AND HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOORS
TYPICAL DETAIL: STANDARD HINGED DOOR, HEAVY DUTY HINGED STANDARD HINGED DOOR STANDARD FRENCH DOOR DOOR, 70mm & 90mm KISS PIVOTHINGED & END FIXED PANELS. TYPICAL DETAIL: STANDARD DOOR, HEAVY DUTY HINGED
DOOR, 70mm & 90mm KISS PIVOT & END FIXED PANELS.
HEAVY DUTY HINGED DOOR 90MM KISS PIVOT HEAVY DUTY
File FileName Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved FILE: 9.31 Technical DetailsFile subject to change without notice FileName ®
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au
Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved ®
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand 9:31 P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW ULTRA WELDED DOORS
ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOORS AND GATES external shutters Ultra Welded Hinged Doors and Gates are designed for a maximum panel size of 3000mm (h) x 1300mm (w). Heavy Duty 100mm x 50mm fully welded aluminium box section frame is used and if required heavy duty pivot hinges can be used. Top and bottom rails are used with both fixed and adjustable louvre infills. A transom is required for all adjustable louvre infills. Available in one panel and two panel configurations. 1300
3000
ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR WITH TRANSOM
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
9:32
WOOD FINISH
ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR - RECOMMENDED MAX SIZE
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR AND GATES
TYPICAL DETAIL: "ULTRA" WELDED HINGED DOORS DETAIL: "ULTRA" WELDED HINGED DOORS TYPICAL DETAIL: "ULTRA" WELDED HINGED DOORS TYPICAL DETAIL: "ULTRA" WELDED HINGED DOORS 90MM KISS PIVOT ULTRA WELDED HINGED DOOR 90mm KISS PIVOT; 150mm END FIXED PANEL SS PIVOT; 150mm END FIXED PANEL 90mm KISS PIVOT; 150mm END FIXED PANEL 90mm KISS PIVOT; 150mm END FIXED PANEL
90MM KISS PANEL
“ULTRA” WELDED HINGED GATE
*Refer section 10 pages 10.06-10.12 for a full range of Louvretec Gates
"Ultra" Welded Hinged Door d Hinged "Ultra" Door Welded Hinged Door "Ultra" Welded Hinged Door
File FileName PO Box 300 328 Alb FileName File FileName File Varies @ A4 Scale PO Box 300 328 Albany New Zeal Auckland, File FileName PO Box 300 328 Albany @ A4 16/01/2017 Varies PO Box 300 328 Albany Varies @ A4 Scale Scale Date Modified Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 49 Auckland, New Zealand Varies @ A4 Scale Auckland, New Zealand DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 Date Modified 16/01/2017 FILE: 9.33 Date Modified 16/01/2017 ® F +64 (9) 415 49 P +64 (9) 415 4949 P NZ Ltd/Louvretec +64 (9) 415 4949 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec Aust. Pty 16/01/2017 Date Modified www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au +64(9) (9) 415 4949 ©® E415 info@louvretec.co ® FP +64 4990 F +64 (9) 415 4990 2016 All rights reserved Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Product Manual 2016details Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty ® ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical subject to change without notice. 9:33 +64 (9) 4990 © W415 www.louvretec.c © EFinfo@louvretec.co.nz Product Manual 2016 NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Ptynotice info@louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to E change without 2016 AllLouvretec rights reserved 2016 All rights reserved © E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change withoutW notice Technical Details subject to change without notice W www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change without notice
SHUTTERS OVERVIEW
PRODUCT OVERVIEW HINGED LOUVRE AND PLANTATION SHUTTERS
HINGED LOUVRE & PLANTATION SHUTTERS hinged louvre windows Louvretec’s Hinged louvre shutters and Plantation shutters use standard hinged doors extrusions and componentry. Originally used in plantation homes in the old south of America. Plantation Shutters are placed on the outside of homes to cover the windows giving heat and sun protection. Hinged louvre and Plantation shutters let you enjoy your view and natural light when opened and give privacy, sun control and heat reduction when closed.
HINGED LOUVERED SHUTTERS USING 70MM HAND ADJUSTABLE LOUVRE INFILLS
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED
9:34
WOOD FINISH
PLANTATION SHUTTERS IN OPEN POSITION
OPERATING YOUR SHUTTER INFILLS - THE CHOICE IS YOURS Fixed options Hand Operable systems
POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATION TYPICAL DETAIL : COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES AND PLANTATION SHUTTERS S; 70mm KISSTYPICAL PIVOT; 70mm END FIXED SHUTTERS. DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATIO DETAIL:COASTAL SERIES HINGED PLANTATION SHUTTERS; 70mm KISSLOUVRES; PIVOT; 70mm END FIXED SHUTTERS. RS; 70mm KISS 70mm END SERIES FIXED SHUTTERS. HINGED LOUVRE SHUTTER KISS PIVOTPIVOT; TYPICAL DETAIL:COASTAL HINGED LOUVRES; PLANTATION AND 70MM END FIXED SHUTTERS; 70mm KISS PIVOT; 70mm END FIXED SHUTTERS.
ed Louvre Shutter Hinged Louvre Shutter
nged Louvre Shutter Hinged Louvre Shutter PLANTATION SHUTTER
70MM KISS PIVOT
ation Shutter Plantation Shutter File FileName
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand File P FileName +64 (9) 415 4949 PO Box 300 32 Scale ® F Varies +64 @ (9)A4 415 4990 Auckland, New File Louvretec FileName Product ManualShutter 2016 NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Plantation © PO Box 300 328 Albany 16/01/2017 Date Modified E info@louvretec.co.nz P +64 (9) 4 2016 All rights reserved @ A4 Varies Scale New Zealand W Auckland, www.louvretec.co.nz ® F +64 (9) 4 Technical Details to change withoutProduct notice Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 16/01/2017 Date subject Modified P +64 (9) 415 4949 File FileName © E info@louvret DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 9.35 2016 All rights reserved PO Box 300 328 Albany ® +64 (9) 415 4990 @ A4 F Variessubject Scale www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au WZealand www.louvre Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty Auckland, New Technical Details to change without notice © ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical2016 details subject to change without notice. Date Modified 16/01/2017 E info@louvretec.co.nz 9:354949 All rights reserved P +64 (9) 415 W www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change without notice ® F +64 (9) 415 4990 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © E info@louvretec.co.nz 2016 All rights reserved
antation Shutter
Varies @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017
gates Hinged
10.7 - 10.10
Sliding
10.11 - 10.12
fences & screens balustrades chimney cowls screening & ventilation
10.13 - 10.15 10.16 - 10.19 10.20 - 10.22 10.23 - 10.26
custom made
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:01
10:02
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
custom made louvre installations
Creativity with Louvres
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
10:03 10:03
custom made gallery
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. 300mm maxi louvres as screening 2. 150mm midi louvres as fence 3. Box section louvres as screening 4. 90mm coastal sliders, ventilation louvres, & chimney surrounds
10:04
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
custom made gallery
5.
6.
8.
7.
9.
5. 150mm end fixed fence 6. 120mm end fixed hinged gate 7. 120mm sliding vehicle gate 8. ventilation louvres 9. 90mm coastal sliders, 90mm midi louvres end fixed in overhead frame, chimney surround & 120mm airfoil fence ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
10:05 10:05
custom made overview
Technical details custom made overview
custom made custom louvre installations Louvretec specialises in custom made louvre installations. Where designer gates, fences, chimney surrounds, screens & balustrades are renowned for imaginative design and strong, stylish build. Create a specialised final touch for any project. Architecturally designed or designed in-house by Louvretec, Custom Made products are manufactured to the highest standard.
gates
Marine grade aluminium welding and stainless steel fittings are standard to the Custom Made range. Louvretec’s range of louvre shapes and sizes, fixing systems and operating systems allows for a wide range of design options. Do not be limited by what is shown here – Louvretec is constantly working with imaginative people looking for that specialised final touch to their project.
most popular custom made products: hinged gates Hinged gates come in all shapes and sizes, suitable for pedestrians, vehicles or both combined.
balustrades
sliding gates Sliding gates are also available in a wide range of sizes, vehicle gates being a popular option.
fences Fixed or adjustable louvre panels can be used as fence infills or as a stand-alone fence.
balustrades
chimney surround
Louvretec has designed adjustable balustrade blades to comply with NZ & Australian building codes. These specialised blades can be used to normal balustrade height or can be projected full height to protect any deck.
chimney surrounds Usually located on the highest and most visual point of the house chimney surrounds provide a distinctive statement to any architecture.
10:06
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
custom made hinged gates - overview
technical details hinged gates
HINGED GATES vehicle and pedestrian
Louvretec hinged gates are seen as market leaders in custom designed gate systems. Each gate is specifically designed to meet the design and functional requirements of the installation. Louvretec gate frame sections can be either butt joined or “secret welded” and powdercoated to a high spec finish. All butt hinges and custom made pivots are manufactured from marine grade T316 stainless steel. Louvretec does not undertake gate motorisation / security options but works with a number of specialist companies in this field – contact your Louvretec Dealer for further details.
hinged pedestrian - viewed from outside
Double hinged pedestrian - viewed from outside
double hinged vehicle - viewed from outside
hinged pedestrian & vehicle - viewed from outside
hinged vehicle - viewed from outside
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All 2017. All rights reserved. Technical reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:07 10:07
200x100x3.5 5060
150x100x3.5 5061
100x100x3 5062
Butt Hinge 125x100x2.5 5063
Pivot Hinges
typical detail : custom made - hinged & sliding gates extrusions: hinged gates componentry
TYPICAL DETAIL: COASTAL SERIES SLIDING DOOR & Option Option WINDOW EXTRUSIONS Option 50
Stainless Steel Gate Hinge Face Mounted 5070
B
230
Stainless Steel Gate Hinge Chem Set 5071
50
100
A
100
100
50
130 230
C
Stainless Steel Gate Hinge Chem Set Sleeve Threaded Hinge Support 5073
Common Gate Frame Members
OPEN PAGE TO VIEW HINGED GATE DETAILS
11.
File FileName 1:2 @ A4 Scale DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 16/01/2017 Date Modifiedwww.louvretec.co.nz
10:08
PO Box 300 328 Albany
Auckland, New Zealand SCALE: 1:5 @ A4 FILE: 10.08 www.louvretec.com.au P +64 (9) 415 4949 ® ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice. F without +64 (9) 415 4990
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice
E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
typical detail : custom made - hinged pedestrian gates
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.09 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:09
typical detail : custom made - pivot (gudgeon) gates
10:10
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.10 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
custom made sliding gates - overview
technical details sliding gates
SLIding gates perfect for spanning wider openings Louvretec sliding gates are designed and built to the same high standards as hinged gates. Sliding gates can span up to 5500mm as a single panel unit running on two wheels and are ideal for spanning wider openings in a single panel. Gate frame sections can be either butt joined or “secret welded” and powdercoated to a high spec finish. Louvretec does not undertake gate motorisation/security options but works with a number of specialist companies in this field – contact your Louvretec Dealer for further details.
SLIDING VEHICLE GATE
SLIDING VEHICLE GATE WITH HINGED PEDESTRIAN
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
10:11 10:11
typical detail : custom made - SLIDING GATES TECHNICAL DETAILS //- VEHICLE SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE
TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE TECHNICAL DETAILS // SLIDING GATES - VEHICLE
Top Guide Aluminiuum Closing Closing Top Guide Closing Aluminiuum Aluminiuum Closing Block Option 2 SlidingAluminiuum Gate Sliding Gate2 Block Option 2 Block Option 9992 9992 Block Option 2 9991 9991 9991 9991
Top Guide Top Guide SlidingSliding Gate Gate 9992 9992
ding Vehicle Sliding Vehicle
SlidingSliding VehicleVehicle
Top Guide Aluminiu Aluminiuum Top GuideTopClosing Aluminiuum Closing Closing Guide Aluminiuum Sliding Gate Block Op Block Option 2 Sliding Gate Block Option 2 Option 2 Sliding Gate Block 9992 9991 9991 9992 9991 9992Top Guide 9991Aluminiuum Closing Sliding Gate Block Option 2 9992 9991
Top Guide Sliding Gate 9992
XXXXXXXXXXXX
Mounting Option 1Sliding -XXXXXXXXXXXX Support Bracket mountmount Mounting Option 2 - Bolt Fixing g Vehicle Option 1 -Sliding Mounting Option 1 Vehicle - Support Bracket Mounting Vehicle Mounting Bracket mount Mounting Option 2 - Bolt Fixing Sliding Vehicle Mounting OptionSupport 1 - Support Bracket mount Mounting Option 2 - Bolt FixingOption 2 - Bolt Fixing Key Features: Key Features:
Sliding Vehicle Key Features: Key Features:
Aluminium ClosingClosing Aluminium Block 9990 Block 9990
Conceals wheels inside Conceals wheelsgate, inside gate,
Aluminium Closing Closing Aluminium Block 9990 Block 9990
Conceals wheels inside inside gate,provides Conceals wheels gate, clean lines. Option 1 -mount Support mount Option 2 - Bolt Fixing ounting Option 1 - Support Bracket mount Mounting Option 2 - Bolt FixingMounting provides clean lines.Bracket Mounting Option 1Mounting -clean Support Bracket Mounting OptionOption 2Mounting - Bolt2Fixing provides clean lines. Mounting Option 1 - Support Bracket mount - Bolt Fixing provides lines. Wheel Mounting Option 2 - External Wheel Mounting Option 1 - Recessed in toframe Allows gate to sit close Key Features: Allows gate to sit close to Features: Key Features: Alum Allows gate togate sit close Key Key Features: Allows to sit to close to Key Features: reducing gap Key Mounting Option 1ground, -Key Support mount AluminiumAluminium Closing Closing Mounting Option 2 - Features: Bolt Aluminium Fixing Closing Features: KeyBracket Features: ground, reducing gap Bloc ground, reducing gap
Block 9990Allows a gate to follow a raking Block 9990 Block 9990 Allows a gate to follow a raking Allows aAllows gate toa follow rakinga raking gate toa follow driveway by reducing increasing driveway by or reducing or increasing Aluminium Clos drivewaydriveway by reducing or increasing by reducing or increasing wheel leg wheel supports. leg supports. Block 9990 wheel leg supports. wheel leg supports.
ground, reducing gap under the gate. under the gate. under the gate. Conceals wheels inside gate, under theinside gate.gate, Conceals wheels Conceals Conceals wheels inside gate, wheels inside gate, provides clean lines. Key Features: provides clean lines. provides clean lines. provides clean lines. Allowsinside gate to sit close to Conceals wheels gate, Allows gate to sitgate closetotosit close to Allows ground, provides clean lines.reducing gap ground, reducing ground, gap reducingunder gap the gate. under theunder gate. the gate. Allows gate to sit close to
Allows gate to sit close to ground, reducing gap under the gate.
ground, reducing gap under the gate.
Key Features:
Key Features:
Key Features: Key Features:
Allows a gate to follow a raking driveway by reducing or increasing wheel leg supports.
Allows a gate to follow a rakin Allows a gate to follow a raking Allows a gate to follow a raking driveway by reducing or incre Key Features: driveway bydriveway reducingby or reducing increasingor increasing wheel leg supports. wheel leg supports. wheel Allows leg supports. a gate to follow a raking
driveway by reducing or increasing wheel leg supports. ProvidesProvides an industrial an industrial Provides an industrial Raking Raking Provides an industrial mechanical style gate mechanical style gate RakingRaking mechanical style gate mechanical style gate
SLIDING WHEEL OPTIONS : SLIDING WHEEL OPTIONS : ING WHEEL OPTIONS : WHEEL OPTIONS :
WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACKTRACK WHEEL FORTRACK GALVANISED V-GROOVED WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK
WHEEL FOR GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACKTRACK WHEEL FOR TRACK GALVANISED HALF ROUND OR HALF ROUND EL GALVANISED FOR GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK 24
29
29
21
21
21
24 WHEEL OPTIONS 29 24 SLIDING 29: HEEL OPTIONS :24 SLIDING SLIDING WHEELWHEEL OPTIONS : OPTIONS :
24
24
Provides an industrial 24 mechanical style gate
Provides an industrial Provides an industrial Provides an industrial 29 gate 29 mechanical style Raking Raking Raking 29 mechanical style gate 29 style gate mechanical
24
36
18
Provides an industrial
21 21 21 21 ROUND WHEEL18 FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK18 18 FOR GALVANISED 21ROUND TRACK WHEEL FOR GALVANISED HALF TRACK 18 mechanical WHEEL FOR GALVANISED18 V-GROOVED TRACK GALVANISED WHEEL HALF style gate WHEEL V-GROOVED TRACK 18 FORSLIDING GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK WHEEL FOR GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK WHEEL OPTIONS : WHEEL FOR GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK
21
21
Ø75
Ø16 Ø1612
Ø75 60
Ø16 Ø75
Ø16
(per wheel)
Ø75 Ø7512
Ø75
Ø16
10
60 21 2118 60 Ø75 Ø75 29
10
21
10
7 60 12 7 60 60 12 Ø16 60 Ø16 Ø75 12
10
Ø16 Ø16
Ø16
60Ø7560 Ø75
60 7
10 Ø16 Ø75 Ø75 10
7
7 Ø16 60 Ø75
21 Ø75 12 6512 Ø75 65
12 65 12 651818 18 24 Ø75 Ø75 18
200 kg max 60 60(per 12 wheel) 65 Ø75 10
Ø75 10
18
72.3
12 6012 2121 21Ø7524 Ø75 60
24 29 WHEEL FOR24 GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK 24
13 Ø75
60
Ø75 Ø75 12 65
Ø75 7 7 7 Ø16 200 kg max Ø16 Ø16 GALVANISED V-GROOVED 10 DRILLED, TRACK (per wheel)
13
Ø75 Ø75 65 65
36
13
13
12 65
72.3
Ø75 Ø75 12 60 12 60
29
2924
29
Ø75
Ø75 Ø75 21
24
WHEEL FOR24GALVANISED HALF29ROUND TRACK 24
Ø75
24
12 65
18
R
29
29
18
65 18
13
65 12 65 Ø75
Ø7 65
Ø75 13
DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF Ø16 ROUND TRACKTRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND DRILLED,TRACK GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK ED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED RILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED 9982 9982 9985 9985 7 TRACK 9985 9985 Ø16 82 Ø16
Ø75 13 13
Drilled, Galvanised Half Round Track
DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, TRACKGALVANISED DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK TRACK DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACKGALVANISED V-GROOVED DRILLED, V-GROOVED 9982 9985 20 9985 9982 9982 9985 9985 20 20 20 3 3 3 16 3 DRILLED, GALVANISED HALF ROUND TRACK 16 DRILLED, GALVANISED V-GROOVED TRACK 16 16 9982 15 9985 R8 15 15 15 R8 R8 R8 16 16 16 16 55 20 20 55 20 55 20 3 55 3 3 16 3 16 16 Aluminium Closing Aluminium Closing Top Guide 16 3 50 Aluminium Closing Aluminium Closing Top Guide 3 50 3 Block Option 1 Block Option 21 Sliding Gate 90° 50 50 90° 2015 R8 90° 90° R8 3 Block Block Sliding15Gate 15 R8 3 R8 Option 1 16 Option 1 16 1616 16 File FileName 55 PO Box 300 328 Albany 55 55 1:xx @ A4 R8 Scale 55 Auckland, New Zealand File FileName Date Modified 16 17/01/2017 P +64 (9) 415 4949 PO Box 300 328 Albany 3 50 3 50 3 3 50 Product 90° @ A4 1:xx F +64 (9) 415 4990 Scale 50 Manual 90° Auckland, 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty 90° New Zealand 90° 55 E info@louvretec.co.nz S C A LES C NATLSE NTS 2016 All rights reserved 17/01/2017 Date Modified S C ALE P +64 (9) 415 4949 W www.louvretec.co.nz SCNTS A L E N TS Technical 3 50 Details subject to change without notice ® 90° F +64 (9) 415 4990
C A LE NTS10:12
®
©
S C A LE SNCTAS L E NTS
Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 www.louvretec.co.nz Technical Details subject to change without notice
S C ALE NTS
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009 LOUVRETEC GROUP ® CATALOGUE 2009 © LOUVRETEC ® GROUP PRODUCT TALOGUE 2009© 2009 LOUVRETEC GROUP © ® CT CATALOGUE LOUVRETEC GROUP Schange C ALEwithout NTS notice // technical specification subject to // technical specification subject to change without notice ification subjectsubject to change without notice notice al specification to change without ©
®
FILE: 10.12 E info@louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au W www.louvretec.co.nz ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
custom made fences - overview
technical details fences
fences final finishing touch To compliment Louvretec hinged & sliding gates a range of fixed & adjustable fence infills are available as follows:
ALUMINIUM POSTS. - adjustable SPIRAL PIVOT LOUVRES
ALUMINIUM posts - kiss pivot adjustable louvres
aluminium posts - end fixed louvres
ALUMINIUM POSTS - bracket fixed louvres
blockwork by others - spiral pivot adjust. louvres
BLOCKWORK by OTHERS - END FIXED LOUVRES
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED
©Louvretec 2017. All 2017. All rights reserved. Technical reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:13 10:13
typical detail : custom made - screens
11
10:14
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.14 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : CUSTOM MADE - fences
BLOCKWORK BY OTHERS - SPIRAL PIVOT PANELS
ALUMINIUM POSTS - END FIXED PANELS
end fixed, Hand adjustable using kiss pivot & SPIRAL PIVOT SYSTEMS & BRACKET FIXED options
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 SCALE: 1:25 @ A4 FILE: 10.15 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:15
custom made balustrades - overview
Technical details custom made balustrades
Balustrades NZ + AU compliance requirements This is a general guideline outlining some key requirements as at time of printing. Please confirm all details with local regulatory authority prior to balustrade installation. 1. A barrier is required when someone could fall vertically 1m or more. 2. Balustrade or barrier must be 1m high and of adequate strength to cope with people pressing against it. 3. Ensure nowhere on the balustrade a child can get a foothold between 150mm & 750mm above the deck surface to climb over the balustrade or fall through it. 4. In NZ the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 100mm. -Refer details 135mm HI-SPAN Balustrade Louvre. 5. In Australia the maximum opening between balustrade verticals is 125mm. -Refer details 65mm HI-SPAN Balustrade .
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED
10:16
operating options - the choice is yours Fixed options Operable systems
motors and sensors
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 11/02/2016 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All Rights Reserved.©Louvretec Technical specifications subject to change without notice.
custom made technical details
Technical details 135mm & 165mm hi-span balustrades
135MM hi-span balustrade ALUMINIUM FRAME, VERTICAL PANEL
135mm Hi-Span Balustrade
165MM hi-span balustrade aluminium frame, vertical panel
165mm Hi-Span Balustrade
3D MODELS AVAILABLE FOR DOWNLOAD FROM LOUVRETEC WEBSITES: www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:17
typical detail : custom made - 135 hi span balustrade - new zealand
135 Hi Span is compliant with the relevant standards as an infill for residential balustrade in New Zealand. Refer section 11 table 3 for maximum spans
135 HI-SPAN
10:18
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.18 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
typical detail : CUSTOM MADE - 165 HI SPAN BALUSTRADE - AUSTRALIA
165 Hi Span is compliant with the relevant standards as an infill for residential balustrade in Australia. Refer section 11 table 3 for maximum spans
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.19 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:19
custom made chimney surrounds - overview
Technical details custom made chimney surrounds
CHIMNEY surrounds the cherry on top There are many options available when designing louvre chimney surrounds. The actual shape or footprint of the surround is largely dictated by the chimney itself. Determine what size louvre blade will be best suited, both aesthetically and functionally. Wind flow through the louvre blades can assist with the actual venting of the chimney. The surround’s support structure can be a combination of aluminum box section, angle or channel. Please discuss with Louvretec.
end fixed with box section frames
SURFACE COATINGS A wide range of options are available.
bracket fixed with mitred corners
FIXED OPTIONS FOR A CHIMNEY surround Fixed options
ANODISED WOOD FINISH POWDERCOATED
10:20
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
typical detail : custom made - louvre chimney surrounds end fixed louvres
section - louvred chimney surround
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.21 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:21
typical detail : custom made - louvre chimney surrounds bracket fixed louvres
section - louvred chimney surround
10:22
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.22 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
custom made screening & ventilation - overview
overview screening + ventilation
screening & ventilation final finishing touch
Louvretec can supply a wide range of screening and ventilation grills and louvres. These can range from traditional extruded shapes to more custom designed panels using Louvretec’s architectural louvres.
1.
Light, airflow, privacy, screening and security can all be controlled with well designed grills and louvres. Vermin, bird or insect screening can be incorporated with any of the louvre systems. Typical applications are to provide screening to cooling towers, ventilation to plant rooms, car park spaces, basement areas and the like. Please contact Louvretec for additional information.
2.
3.
1. 120 flush panels as screening 2. ventilation louvres 3. ventilation louvres
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
10:23 10:23
custom made screening & ventilation - gallery
gallery screening & ventilation
4.
5.
6.
4. box section louvres providing ventilation 5. ventilation louvres 6.airfoil louvres as screening and coastal series hinged louvred doors
10:24
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
typical detail : custom made - ventilation louvres
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.25 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
10:25
typical detail : custom made - ventilation louvre assemblies
10:26
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 10.26 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
engineering reports
engineering reports summary of PS1 typical detail - Beam Designs specifiers guide calculation charts
11.06 11.07 11.08
Opening Roof Spans
11.09
Sun Louvres Airfoil Spans
11.10
Sun Louvres Rectangular Spans
11.11 - 11.12
Beams
11.13 - 11.14 11.15 - 11.17 11.18 - 11.25 11.26 - 11.28 11.29
engineering
typical detail - structures posts information footings information base plate sizes snow loads ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11.04 - 11.05
11.30
11:01
11:02
©Louvretec2017. 2017All- All Rights Reserved. Technical specifications subject without to change without notice. ©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical details subject to change notice.
engineering reports
No: PAGE 10.3
AME:
JOB N
:
ON SECTI
Tec Man Louvre
003B L030-0 16 29/04/20
NS LATIO CALCU POST ETEC lations LOUVR g Calcu in ot Fo NED: DESIG
ual 2012
inim ithin m
MR
um so
il prop
as fo erties
llow :
3604, w per NZS nd" as d grou factor) of "goo safety 5 um 0. im ly in (app ed a m 300kPa nsider city = or) are co ) ing capa itions fety fact SHEET ty factor d cond ate bear ly 0.5 sa ATION Groun 0.5 safe cal ultim Pa (app ni CALCUL 0k ch 10 (apply te Geo on s ti ngth = 20kPa re = la st u ty r alc shea C er! capaci ed n g ne in io n gi ct ra ti en fri Und oo skin ed by timate Post F & 2) review nical ul 1a, 1b must be Geotech (Tables itions " ulations nd cond OUND ing calc R e grou ot bl G fo r na D ered fo Questio "GOO consid only) must be ly for 1a & 1b bracing previous (Tables lift AND mined ure: nsidered des, up co si Proced st (deter 2 be an Design ly need F ea on po less th O ar on O t on ry R lif g ta Y in tribu des, up UTAR by build ermine more si F TRIB pported sist (1) Det on 2 or R ROO e is su me to re ME FO sign) building re fram te volu ted by post de E VOLU PLIFT - If louv concre suppor NCRET U is 3 O T e C m IS minimum M U re fra d (m ) termine TO RES re MINIM de ui , ST - If louv EH 1a eq PO Table d for lume R 1a AREA ON area VH ete Vo s require (2) From d on tributary TABLE Concr ension se H d to be ing dim uplift ba require ine foot M acing is , determ br 1b If e ). bl Ta L ed in (2 0.10 (3) From low. calculat ne: d (5) be volume st size 0.08 W ind Zo s (4) an d on po minimum 0.20 s base y llow step 0.06 mension 16 Tributar 2 ered, fo di 0. id g type as ns in 04 co 0. ) footing 0.30 ine foot e (m m 12 rm 0. te sa ea Ar de ct 0.03 0.25 g, sele Table 2, 0.09 mparin 0.40 1.0 (4) From 0.19 se of co 0.06 . For ea 0.33 0.13 selected 0.50 2.0 (4) 0.25 ) (3 in 0.09 (3) and 0.41 s from selected 0.17 0.60 3.0 mension 0.31 0.12 um of di 0.49 maxim 0.21 se 70 U 0. ) 4.0 (5 0.37 0.15 0.57 0.26 0.80 5.0 0.44 0.18 0.65 0.30 0.90 6.0 50 0. 0.22 0.74 0.34 7.0 0.56 0.25 0.38 MES 8.0 R VOLU 28 0. TICULA Pads R PAR 9.0 Square ED FO d REQUIR S N uare pa O d Sq IMENSI pa D E C G re N N m deep ua Sq ISTA FOOTI ep 600m Piles T RES Round eter 300mm de 1b FOR UPLIF am ) di LE m 0 B ated (m n TA Note: er 60 e calcul dimensio diamet pths ar minimum er 450 piles de diamet Round so final er 400 n 0 et io 40 ct am in first m) 300 di g skin fri to that depth (m 600 includin ill differ minimum lume w 550 rete vo nc Volume co 600 600 2 650 (m ) 800 column. 700 650 0 75 700 0.1 0 80 1000 950 700 850 800 0.2 950 1150 1150 800 1000 0.3 1000 1100 1400 1350 1000 1250 0.4 1150 1400 1650 1800 1200 50 15 0.6 1300 1700 1850 2250 1400 1800 0.8 2000 2650 CH 1.0 G OF EA RACIN Pads FOR B Square UIRED d S REQ ZE SI uare pa G N d Sq FOOTI pa M re U m deep Squa MINIM Piles ep 600m Round 2 POST SIZE eter 300mm de am ) di m 0 (m TABLE n eter 60 dimensio 0 diam minimum eter 45 400 diam er 0 et 60 m) 300 diam depth (m 800 ze minimum Post Si 800 900 800 900 1000 900 900 00 3 10 900 75x75x 1000 1200 1100 1000 3 00 0x 11 10 1100 100x 1100 1400 1200 0x5 1200 1100 100x10 1300 1400 1200 3 0x 1200 150x15 1300 S SH 4 0x 100x10 O: JOB N DATE:
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
Engineered for life
11:03 11:03
engineering references & design information for louvretec systems and support frames
ENGINEERING REFERENCES AND DESIGN INFORMATION FOR LOUVRETEC SYSTEMS AND SUPPORT FRAMES 09 2017 27 March June 2017 The following calculations and design tables are for use with LouvreTec Aluminium Louvre Systems and supporting structures. No substitution is permitted. The user of these design tables must ensure that the latest copy of the design manual is used, as calculations and tables may be amended to suit design codes and amendments applicable at the time of printing. Maximum spans for the aluminium members have been calculated using wind zones and wind speeds taken from NZS 3604:2011, which are based on AS/NZS 1170:2011. The Ultimate Limit State (ULS) wind speeds are based on a 1 in 500 year return period, and are taken as acting at the building (assuming site exposure multipliers have been applied). Serviceability Limit State (SLS) wind speeds are based on a 1 in 25 year return period. Associated pressures are calculated using AS/NZS 1170.2:2011 – Structural Design Actions Part 2: Wind Actions, and have been reduced to account for louvre frames as Importance Level 1 structures. Section capacities have been determined using AS/NZS 1664.1:1997 – Aluminium Structures, Part 1: Limit State Design. Dead load deflections for louvres and beams have been limited to span/300. Dead load deflections on louvres have also been limited to 20mm. Wind load deflections have been limited to span/40 for louvres, span/300 for beams, and height/100 for posts. Wind speeds as noted above (based on AS/NZS1170.2:2011) are as follows: Wind Zone Low Medium High Very High Extra High
ULS wind speed (m/s) 32 37 44 50 55
SLS wind speed (m/s) 26 30 37 42 46
The following load case combinations have been applied to the member loads: ULS uplift pressure 0.9G, W u ULS downthrust pressure 1.2G, W u SLS for deflection G, W s The internal and external pressure coefficients adopted conservatively apply to a number of different structure orientations and dimensions. The following limitations apply to these tables: • Louvre roof pitch must be less than 10°; • Supporting structure height to be less than 10m; Notes: 1) When the louvre structure is to be attached to an existing building, care must be taken to ensure that supporting structure has adequate strength to carry the additional loads. If there is any doubt contact LouvreTec for advice. 2) Post sizes have been calculated using loads acting on the roof of the aluminium structure only. Additional walls placed between posts will need to be self-supported, or have specifically designed posts to carry the additional wind loads.
11:04
DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.04 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
engineering references & design information for louvretec systems and support frames
-2-
Design has been carried out using the following codes of practice: Structural Design Actions: Part 0: General principles – AS/NZS 1170.0:2002 Part 1: Permanent, imposed and other actions – AS/NZS 1170.1:2002 Part 2: Wind Actions – AS/NZS 1170.2:2011 Aluminium Structures: Part 1: Limit state design – AS/NZS 1664.1:1997 Timber-framed Buildings: NZS 3604:2011 Spiral Pivot System Load Test: LouvreTec Products Ltd has conducted a static load test on the Spiral Pivot System. The test confirmed that the Spiral Pivot System is capable of resisting a downward static load greater than would be generated by the application of the structural design loads used in this publication to an equivalent structure. More detailed test information is available from LouvreTec upon request.
categories, types and intended purposes of producer statements
Design
PS1 Producer Statement Design PS2 Producer Statement Design Review *
Construction
PS3 Producer Statement Construction PS4 Producer Statement Construction Review *
Used by designers to certify specific design elements comply with specified standards or codes in order to comply with the provisions of the Building Code. Used by people undertaking a peer review of all or part of a design to say that the design or the specified part of the design complies with specified standards or codes in order to comply with the provisions of the Building Code. Used by constructors or trades people to certify that the specified building work that they have undertaken complies with the building consent. Used by people undertaking a peer review of specified building work undertaken by constructors or trades people to certify that the building work that has been undertaken complies with the building consent.
* not required
DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.05 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:05
summary of producer statement - ps1 - design
SUMMARY OF PRODUCER STATEMENT – PS1 – DESIGN NOTE: The formal and current Producer Statement (PS1) for this manual is held on file by LouvreTec and can be provided for all projects in which a Building Consent is required. The Producer Statement is non-site specific as it covers the generic designs of the manual and the LouvreTec manual appendix only, under the assumption that the tabulated information and specific site conditions are correctly applied. The information below is a summary of this only. ISSUED BY: Markplan Consulting Limited TO:
LouvreTec NZ Ltd, LouvreTec Australia Pty Ltd
TO BE SUPPLIED TO:
Relevant Territorial Authority
IN RESPECT OF:
LouvreTec Design Manual 2017: Section 11 – Engineering Reports
AT:
Throughout New Zealand/Australia
Markplan Consulting Ltd have been engaged by LouvreTec New Zealand Ltd to provide structural design services in respect of the requirements of Clauses B1/VM1 and B2 (insofar as is covered by the relevant structural materials codes listed on this PS1) of the Building Code (in part) for the proposed building work. The design carried out by us has been prepared in accordance with Compliance Documents issued by the Ministry of Business, Innovation & Employment including AS/NZS 1170:2011; AS/NZ 1664:1997; NZS 3604:2011. The design work covered by this producer statement is described in the LouvreTec Design Manual 2017: Section 11 – Engineering Reports (by LouvreTec NZ Ltd), Section and calculations 7 and calculations referenced L030-0003 and L030-0003B (by Markplan Consulting Ltd)., and the Louvretec Design Manual appendix. On behalf of the Design Firm, and subject to: (i) Site verification of the following design assumptions: Tabulated information correctly applied to physical conditions on site. (ii) All proprietary products meeting their performance specification requirements; I believe on reasonable grounds that a) the building, if constructed in accordance with the drawings, specifications, and other documents provided or listed in the attached schedule, will comply with the relevant provisions of the Building Code and that b), the persons who have undertaken the design have the necessary competency to do so.
Mark A Smith (CPEng #173396) Principal Structural Engineer BSc (Eng), CPEng, MIPENZ, IntPE (NZ), MIPES
Date: 09/03/2017 27/06/2017
11:06
DATE MODIFIED : 27/06/2017 FILE: 11.06 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LOW
200x50x3 RHS
5050
4400
4000
3700
3400
3150
2950
2750
2600
2-200x50x3 RHS
6250
5500
5050
4700
4400
4200
4000
3850
3750
250x50x3 RHS
6100
5350
4900
4450
4050
3750
3500
3300
3150
2-250x50x3 RHS
7550
6700
6100
5700
5350
5100
4900
4650
4400
300x50x3.5 RHS
7500
6600
6000
5400
4900
4550
4250
4000
3800
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
9250
8200
7500
7000
6600
6300
6000
5700
5400
150x50x3 RHS
3650
3150
2850
2600
2350
2200
2050
1950
1850
2-150x50x3 RHS
4550
4000
3650
3350
3150
3000
2850
2700
200x50x3 RHS
4650
4050
3550
3200
2900
2700
2500
2350
2250
2-200x50x3 RHS
5800
5100
4650
4300
4050
3850
3600 3350 Attach to house
3200
250x50x3 RHS
5650
4950
4250
3800
3450
3200
3000
2850
2700
300x50x3.5 RHS
6950
6000
5150
4600
4200
3900
3650
3450
3250
typical detail : aluminium beam & post structures
engineering - beam calculation
THREE BASIC BEAM DESIGNS
2550 TYPICAL ALUMINIUM BEAM & POST ASSEMBLY
TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS MEDIUM // 1. SIMPLY SUPPORTED
Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span (refer note below) 2-250x50x3 RHS 7000 6200 5650 5250 4900 4500 4200 4000 3750 Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 12.09 and 12.11 of this engineering section. 2-300x50x3.5 RHSbe taken when 8600 calculating 7600 the tributary 6950 6450 for mid 6000 5150 Note: Care must length beams on5550 continuous spanning4850 structures4600 as half 3200of the beam 2800 may not 2400 be equal. 2150 the150x50x3 louvre RHS span on either side 2-150x50x3 RHS
4050
3200
1700
1600
1550
2550
2400
2250
2150
3450
2950
2650
2400
2250
2100
2000
1900
2-200x50x3 RHS
5200
4500
4100
3800
3450
3200
3000
2800
2650
250x50x3 RHS
5000
4100
3550
3150
engineering - beam calculation HIGH
1850
4100
Roof Beam 200x50x3 RHS
3500
1950 Aluminium Posts 2950 2750
2900 2700 2500 2350 Footing TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS 2-250x50x3 RHS 6350 5500 5000 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 Size to Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the lengthBeam of the louvre span (refer note below) Achieve 300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 3500Desired Span 3250 3050 2850 Base Plate Connection
2250 3150 2700
Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 10.09 and 10.10 of this engineering section. JOB NAME: 7800 6850
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
LouvreTec 2012 6150 Manual5450
5000
4600
4300
4050PAGE No:3850
150x50x3 RHS when calculating 2900SECTION: 2450 2100 1900 onBEAM 1750CALCULATIONS 1600 1500 1400 Note: Care must be taken the tributary length for midLOUVRETEC beams continuous spanning structures as half SPAN SUMMARY CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE // 2. SINGLE CANTILEVER 2-150x50x3 RHS 3700 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 the louvre span on either side of the beam may not be equal. 200x50x3 RHS
3700
2-200x50x3 RHS
4750
CALCULATION SHEET
VERY HIGH
250x50x3 RHS Roof Beam
2-250x50x3 RHS
4400
DATE:
3000
L030-0003B 2600 11/04/2013
4150
3700
300x50x3.5 RHSof louvre Tributary length
2350
DESIGNED: 2100 1950
3300
3000
HOUSE
HOUSE
2800
1850
1850
MR 1750
1650
2600
2450
2350
2050
1950
3600 3100 2800 2350 2200 (preliminary values only - to be2550 confirmed by engineer)
Max5800 Beam Span5050 (mm)
HOUSE
4350
3900 LOUVRES
3550
3300 LOUVRES 3100
2900LOUVRES 2750
5350 1
4350 1.5
3750 2
3350 2.5
3050 3
2850 3.5
2650 4
2500 4.5
2400 5
7200
6200
5350
4800
4050
3750
3550
3350
150x50x3 RHS
2700 3950
2200 3450
1900 3150
HOUSE 1700 2900
4350 1550 2750
1450 2550
1350 2400
1300 2250
2-150x50x3 RHS
4900 3450
4300 3000
3950 2700
3650 2400
3450 2200
3300 2050
3150 1900
3000 1800
200x50x3 RHS
5050 3350
4400 2750
4000 2350
3700 2100
3400 1950
3150 1800
2950 1650
2750 2600 1550LOUVRES 1500
2-200x50x3 RHS 2-200x50x3 RHS
6250 4450
5500 3850
5050 3350
4700 3000
4400 2750
4200 2550
4000 2350
3850 2250
3750 2100
250x50x3 RHS 250x50x3 RHS
6100 4000
5350 3250
4900 2800
4450 2500
4050 2300
3750 2150
3500 2000
3300 1850
3150 1800
2-250x50x3 RHS 2-250x50x3 RHS
7550 5400
6700 4600
6100 3950
5700 3550
5350 3250
5100 HOUSE 3000
4900 2800
4650 2650
4400 2500
7500 4850
6600 3950
6000 3400
5400 3050
4900 2800
4550 2600
4250 2400
4000 2250
3800 2150
2-300x50x3.5 RHS 2-300x50x3.5 RHS
9250 6750
8200 5600
7500 4850
7000 4350
6600 3950
6300 3650
6000 3400
5700 3200
3650
3150
2850
Refer to section 12 for2200 full engineering details. 2600 2350 2050 1950
5400 3050
150x50x3 RHS 2-150x50x3 RHS
4550
4000
3650
ALUMINIUM 3350 3150 BEAMS 3000
Wind RHS WindZone Zone 2-300x50x3.5 Beam Size (mm)
EXTRA LOW HIGH
JOB NO:
1350
1
// 3. CONTINUOUS SPAN 300x50x3.5 RHS 300x50x3.5 RHS
LOUVRES
HOUSE
LOUVRES
HOUSE2150 1200 2900 1700
1850
ALUMINIUM 2850 2700 POSTS 2550
200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 3200 x 50 x 2900 2700 2500 2250 150 3 x 50 x 3 2350 POSTS NOTE // THE FOLLOwING CHART IS ONLY FOR THE TRIPLE ALUMINIUM BEAM 3-300x50x3.5 wIND zONES 50ALUMINIUM BEAMS 2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 x 50 4050 3850 3600 3350 3200 2/150 x3 MEDIUM 3-300x50x3.5 RHS MAX BEAM SPAN (mm) 150 X 150 X3 75 X 75 X 32850 250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 3000 2700 75 x 50 x 3 200 Tributary length of louvres 1 1.5 2 2.5 x 50 x 3 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5 4.5
Wind Zone Wind Zone LOW MEDIUM HIGH
VERY HIGH
HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
2-250x50x3 Beam Size RHS
7000
6200
50 X 3 5650 2/150 X5250
4500
300x50x3.5 RHS 2-300x50x3.5 RHS
6950 10400 8600
6000 9250 7600
5150 200 X 50 4600 4200 X3 8500 7950x 50 x 37500 250 6950 6450 6000
3900 7150 5550
150x50x3 RHS
9700 3200
8600 2800
7900 2400
6950 1950
6600 1850
100 x 50 x 31600 6350 6000 1700
2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 3-300x50x3.5 200x50x3 RHS
4050 8800 4100
3500 7800 3450
3200 2950 2750 7100 6600 50 X x3 50 x6150 2/225 X 2/300 3 2950 2650 2400
2550 5650 2250
2400 2250 5300 100 x 100 x 35000 2100 2000
2-200x50x3 RHS
8200 5200
7200 4500
X3 6500 250 X 50 5900 4100 3800
5350 3450
4950 3200
4650 3000
4350 2800
4150 2650
250x50x3 RHS 2-250x50x3 RHS
5000 7750 6350
4100 6750 5500
3550 2/250 X3150 50 X 3 5950 5300 5000 300 X 50 4450 X3
2900 4850 4050
2700 4500 3750
2500 4200 3500
2350 3950 3300
2250 3750 3150
300x50x3.5 RHS
6150
5000
4300
3500
3250
3050
2850
2700
2/200 x 50 4900 x3
2/200 X 50 X x3 50 x 3 2/250 7350 2150
225 X 300 50 X x3 50 x 3
3850
2/300 X 50 X 3
100 X 100 X4000 3 4200
753650 x 75 x 3 X3450 X 100 5 100 6850 5150
6600 4850
150 X 150 X 3
3750
3250 6400 4600 5700 1550
2150 4700 1900
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g 7800x 25mm6850 6150 self tapping 5450 500050mm in 4600 4050of box 3850 Fix double beams together S/S Pan head screws from top4300 and bottom 3/300 X 50 X 3 150x50x3 RHS 2900 sealant 2450/ adhesive 2100along top 1900and bottom 1750 between 1600 box sections. 1500 1400 1350 section at 900crs. Use continuous flexible 2-150x50x3 RHS
3700
3200
2900
2650
2400
2250
200x50x3 RHS
3700
3000
2600
2350
2100
1950
© 2100 1950 1850 PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009 LOUVRETEC® GROUP //1850 technical specification subject to change without notice 1750 1650
2-200x50x3 RHS
4750
4150
3700
3300
3000
2800
2600
2450
2350
250x50x3 RHS
4400
3600
3100
2800
2550
2350
2200
2050
1950
2-250x50x3 RHS
5800
5050
4350
3900
3550
3300
3100
2900
2750
300x50x3.5 RHS
5350
4350
3750
3350
3050
2850
2650
2500
2400
BEAM TYPES
12.04
VERY HIGH
LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY IF STRUCTURES ARE NOT DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL.
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7200 6200 5350 tapping 4800 4350 4050 and bottom 3750 3550 3350 Fix xdouble together x 25mm 50mm 2/300 x 50 x 3.5 3/300 x 50 x 3.5 2/250top x 50 x 3 250 x 50 xin 3 from 300 xof 50box x 3 section x3 225 x 50self x 3 2/225 x 50 screws 150 50 x 3 beams x 50 x S/S 3 Pan head 200 x 50 x 3 2/200 2/150 x 50 x3 150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant 2700 / adhesive 2200along top 1900 1700 between 1550 1450 1350 1300 1200 at 900crs. Use continuous and bottom box sections. 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 1900 1800 1700 BEAM TYPES2-150x50x3 RHS 200x50x3 RHS
3350
2750
2350
2100
1950
1800
1650
1550
1500
3000
2750
2550
2350
2250
2100
2500
2300
2150
2000
1850
1800
3550
3250
3000
2800
2650
2500
3400 3050 2/200 x 50 x 3
2800 250 x 50 x 3
2250 300 x 50 x 3
2150
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.07 4450 3850 3350 EXTRA 2-200x50x3 RHS www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au HIGH RHS 4000 3250without notice. 2800 ©Louvretec 2017.250x50x3 All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change 2-250x50x3 RHS
5400
4600
PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP 300x50x3.5 RHS 4850 3950 // technical specification 150 x 50 x 3 subject to change 2/150 without x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3
3950
2600 2400 2/250 x 50 x 3
11:07 2/300 x 50 x 3
ENGINEERING SPECIFIERS GUIDE
all pages refer to section 11 - engineering reports STEP 1 STEP 1
WIND ZONE WIND ZONE
WIND ZONE WIND ZONE
DETERMINE WIND ZONE FROM NZS DETERMINE WIND ZONE FROM NZS 3604: 2011 (SECTION 5) L M H VH EH (Please circle one) (SECTION 5) L M H VH EH (Please circle one) OR PRESSURES FROM DESIGN CODES OR PRESSURES FROM DESIGN CODES
STEP 2 STEP 2
STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL TYPE & TYPE & DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
PAGEPAGE 7 88 PAGE
STRUCTURAL TYPE & DIMENSIONS STRUCTURAL TYPE & DIMENSIONS DETERMINE STRUCTURE TYPE EITHER: DETERMINE STRUCTURE TYPE EITHER: 1) SIMPLY SUPPORTED (FIG 1 PG 16) 1) SIMPLY SUPPORTED (FIG 11 PG PG16) 7) 2) CANTILEVER (FIG (FIG 2 PG PG16) 7) 2) CANTILEVER 2 PG 16) 3) CONTINUOUS SPAN (FIG (FIG 33 or 4 PG 17) PG4 7) 3) CONTINUOUS SPAN (FIG 3 or PG 17)
Please Please Tick One Tick One
DETERMINE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FROM DETERMINE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FROM APPROPRIATE FIGURE APPROPRIATE FIGURE LOUVRE BEAM LOUVRE BEAM SPAN: mm SPAN: SPAN: mm SPAN:
STEP 3 STEP 3
LOUVRE LOUVRE TYPE TYPE
PAGES 10,11,12,13 PAGES - 12 PAGES910,11,12,13
mm mm
LOUVRE TYPE LOUVRE TYPE CHOOSE LOUVRETEC LOUVRE TYPE FROM MANUAL CHOOSE LOUVRETEC LOUVRE TYPE FROM MANUAL LOUVRE LOUVRE TYPE: VERTICAL HORIZONTAL TYPE: VERTICAL HORIZONTAL Please Tick One Please Tick One
CHECK MAXMAX SPAN FROMFROM TABLES 1-4, PAGES CHECK 1-4, 10-13 PAGES 9-12 CHECK MAX SPANSPAN FROM TABLESTABLES 1-4, PAGES 10-13 MAX SPAN: mm MAX SPAN: mm MAX SPAN: ______________________________mm
STEP 4 STEP 4
OK
BEAM BEAM SIZE SIZE
PAGE 12.8
PAGE 12.8 PAGES 13, 14 NOT OK, over NOT OK, over span or over span or over loaded (increase loaded (increase beam size or alter beam size or alter structure to suit) structure to suit)
STEP 5 STEP 5
POST POST SIZE SIZE PAGES 18 - 2512.20 PAGE 12.19, PAGE 12.19, 12.20
BEAM BEAM SIZE SIZE
DETERMINE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAM. DETERMINE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAM. DESIGN - REFER APPROPRIATE LOUVRE AND BEAM DESIGN - REFER APPROPRIATE LOUVRE AND BEAM DESIGN CALCULATIONS. FIG. 1-5 ON PAGES 16, 17, 18 DESIGN CALCULATIONS. FIG. 1-5 ON 17,16, 18 17 ONPAGES PAGES16,15, TRIBUTARY LENGTH: TRIBUTARY LENGTH:
mm mm
DETERMINE FROM PAGES14, DETERMINEBEAM BEAMSIZE SIZE FROM PAGES 15 13, 14 DETERMINE BEAM SIZE FROM PAGES14, 15 BEAM SIZE: BEAM SIZE:
mm mm
POST POST SIZE SIZE
DETERMINE TRIBUTARY AREA (ROOF AREA) DETERMINE TRIBUTARY AREA (ROOF AREA) TRIBUTARY EDGE LENGTH AND POST HEIGHT TRIBUTARY EDGE LENGTH AND POST HEIGHT REFER (REFER PAGES PAGES 219, 0 , 20) 2 1) (REFER PAGES 2 0 , 2 1 ) TRIB. ROOF AREA: L x W = TRIB. ROOF AREA: L x W = TRIB. EDGE LENGTH: TRIB. EDGE LENGTH: POST HEIGHT: POST HEIGHT:
m22 m mm mm mm mm
SPECIFY POST SIZE FROM APPROPRIATE TABLE SPECIFY POST SIZE FROM APPROPRIATE TABLE FOR SPECIFIED WIND ZONE REFER (REFERPAGES PAGES 18, 19, 21-25 22-26) FOR SPECIFIED WIND ZONE (REFER PAGES 19, 22-26) POST SIZE: POST SIZE: OK
STEP 6 STEP 6
FOOTING FOOTING SIZE SIZE PAGES26 27-31 PAGES - 28 PAGES 27-31
NOT OK, over NOT OK, over height (increase height (increase structure to reduce structure to reduce roof area or add roof area or add extra post) extra post)
FOOTING SIZE FOOTING SIZE
MEASURE TRIBUTARY AREA LOADING POST. MEASURE TRIBUTARY AREA LOADING POST. TRIBUTARY AREA: TRIBUTARY AREA: REFER APPROPRIATE FIGUREPAGES PAGES20,19, (REFER APPROPRIATE FIGURE 2120 (REFER APPROPRIATE FIGURE PAGES 20, 21 DETERMINE REQUIRED CONCRETE VOLUME FROM DETERMINE REQUIRED CONCRETE VOLUME FROM 26 & CHOOSE APPROPRIATE FOOTING SIZE PAGE 28 PAGE 28 & CHOOSE APPROPRIATE FOOTING SIZE CONCRETE VOLUME: CONCRETE VOLUME: FOOTING SIZE: FOOTING SIZE:
11:08
NOT OK, over span NOT OK, over span (choose alternative (choose alternative louvre type or alter louvre type or alter structure to suit) structure to suit)
NOT OK, too large NOT OK, too large (alter structure to (alter structure to reduce roof area or reduce roof area or add extra post) add extra post)
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.08 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TABLE 1
chart: calculate opening ROOFS roof spans ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // OPENING table 1
OVERHEAD ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
wind zone
inside (self wt)
L
M
H
VH
EH
115km/h
133km/h
158km/h
179km/h
198km/h
32 m/s
37 m/s
44 m/s
50 m/s
55 m/s
downthrust
+0.92 + 1.1
++1.23 1.48
++1.74 2.09
+2.24 + 2.70
++2.71 3.27
uplift
--1.15 1.38
--1.53 1.85
--2.17 2.61
--2.80 3.38
--3.39 4.08
louvre type
inside
L
M
H
VH
EH
200 Super Roof
5600
4500
4500
4500
4500
4000
200 Super Roof Lite
4900
4500
4500
3950
3500
3200
200 Super Roof Lite Curved
4900
4500
4500
3950
3500
3200
200 Linear V Groove
4100
3950
3550
3150
2750
2550
180 Linear
3900
3750
3400
3000
2700
2450
180 Classic
4500
3900
3700
3100
2700
2450
260 Translucent New Heavy Duty 260 Translucent System
4000
3600
3450
3250
3050
2750
200 Suburban
5100
4500
4250
3550
3100
2800
ultimate factored winddesign speed at factored wind speed atbuilding building
ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
louvre image
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.09 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:09
TABLE 2
chart: calculate sun louvres airfoil spans
TABLE 2 ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // SUN LOUVRES ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANSAIRFOIL // SUN LOUVRES
table 2
AIRFOIL VERTICAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND
HORIZONTAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND
VERTICAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND
HORIZONTAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND
FIXED
FIXED
inside (self wt)
wind zone
ultimate design factored factoredwind windspeed speedat atbuilding building wind zone
inside 115km/h (self wt)
factored wind speed at ultimate limit building state loads (kPa)
downthrust uplift
louvre image
ultimate limit state loads (kPa) louvre type inside 70mm KISS Pivot mini louvre
louvre image
2050
louvre type
90mm KISS Pivot 2350 midi louvre 70mm KISS Pivot
mini louvre
150mm KISS Pivot 2900 midi louvre 90mm KISS Pivot
midi louvre
120mm Airfoil 2400 sun louvre 150mm KISS Pivot
midi louvre
180mm Airfoil sun louvre
3100
120mm Airfoil 200mm sun louvre
32 m/s + 0.92
180mm Airfoil
M
H
VH
EH
133km/h
158km/h
179km/h
198km/h
L
37 m/s
115km/h
+ 1.23
32 m/s
M
44 m/s
133km/h
H
50 m/s
VH
55 m/s
158km/h
179km/h + 2.71
+ 1.74
+ 2.24
37 m/s
44 m/s
50 m/s
- 1.15
- 1.53
- 2.17
- 2.80
- 3.39
downthrust L uplift
+ 0.92 M - 1.15
+ 1.23 H - 1.53
+ 1.74 VH - 2.17
+ 2.24 EH - 2.80
1900
1700
1500
1400
1300
L
M
H
VH
1850
1600
1500
1400
1700
1500
1400
inside 2000
2050 2750
2350 2300
2900 2950
2400
3700
maxi louvre
L
3700
1900 2500
2000 2100
2750 2700
2300 3550
2200
2000
1900
1850
1600
1500
1850
1700
1600
2500
2200
2000
2400
2200
2050
2100
1850
1700
2950
2600
2350
3100
2950
2700
2400
3700
3700
3550
2950
4100
3700
300mm maxi louvre
4800
4800
4800
600mm maxi louvre
5800
5800
5600
300mm sun louvre 4800 maxi louvre
200mm
600mm maxi louvre 5800 maxi louvre
4800
5800
4800
5600
4200
4700
55 +
-3
E
13
14
19
16
20
2600
23
4200
3700
33
4700
4100
37
3350
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.10 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
198
2200
3700
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
11:10
E
chart: calculate sun louvres rectangular spans TABLE 3
table 3
ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // SUN LOUVRES RECTANGULAR VERTICAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
HORIZONTAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
wind zone
inside (self wt)
ultimate design ultimate design factoredwind windspeed speedat factored at building building
ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
L
M
H
VH
EH
115km/h
133km/h
158km/h
179km/h
198km/h
32 m/s
37 m/s
44 m/s
50 m/s
55 m/s
+ 0.92
+ 1.23
+ 1.74
+ 2.24
+ 2.71
- 1.15
- 1.53
- 2.17
- 2.80
- 3.39
downthrust uplift
louvre image
louvre type
inside
L
M
H
VH
EH
120mm Flush
2600
2500
2300
2050
1900
1750
200mm Flush
3500
3350
3000
2650
2450
2250
125mm Weatherboard
2600
2500
2300
2050
1900
1750
180mm Weatherboard
3200
3050
2800
2500
2300
2100
150mm Helena Bay Weatherboard Weatherboard
3200
3050
2750
2400
2200
2050
95mm Bella Vista
2550
2100
1900
1700
1550
1450
95mm Bella Vista Heavy
3000
2800
2550
2250
2050
1900
135mm Hi-Span
4850
4400
4400
4100
3700
3500
165mm Hi-Span
4950
4500
4500
4200
3800
3500
3000
3000
3000
3300
3300
3300
WHEN USING AS A BALUSTRADE: NEW FULL HEIGHT OPERABLE OR FIXED BALUSTRADE LOUVRES NZ COMPLIANT - MAX OPENING BETWEEN BLADES NO WIDER THAN 100MM
135mm Hi-Span
3000*
3000
3000
AUSTRALIAN COMPLIANT - MAX OPENING BETWEEN BLADES NO WIDER THAN 125MM 165mm Hi-Span
3300*
3300
3300
FOR LONGER SITE SPECIFIC SPANS CONTACT LOUVRETEC
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.11 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
11:11
TABLE 4
chart: calculate sun louvres rectangular spans
ENGINEERING - CHARTS FOR CALCULATING LOUVRE SPANS // ALUMINIUM BOX SECTIONS
table 4 HORIZONTAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
OVERHEAD ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
wind zone
inside (self wt)
ultimate design factored factoredwind windspeed speedat atbuilding building
ultimate limit state loads (kPa)
downthrust uplift
louvre image
VERTICAL WALL ADJUSTABLE AND FIXED
L
M
H
VH
EH
115km/h
133km/h
158km/h
179km/h
198km/h
32 m/s
37 m/s
44 m/s
50 m/s
55 m/s
+ 0.92
+ 1.23
+ 1.74
+ 2.24
+ 2.71
- 1.15
- 1.53
- 2.17
- 2.80
- 3.39
louvre type
inside
L
M
H
VH
EH
RL 300 Square
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
RL 450 Square
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
RL 600 Square
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
RL 300 Mitred
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
RL 450 Mitred
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
RL 600 Mitred
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
150x50x3 RHS Beam with screw ports
5800
5800
5800
5150
4500
4050
200x50x3 RHS Beam
6450 *6650
6450 *6650
*6050
*5050
*4400
*4000
225x50x3 RHS Beam
6450 6650
6450 6450
5700
4750
4150
3750
250x50x3 RHS Beam
*6700 6450
6100 6450
5400
4500
3950
3550
300x50x3 RHS Beam
6450 *6700
6450 6350
5600
4750
4150
3750
WWW.LOUVRETEC.CO.NZ
11:12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.12 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
2-200x50x3 RHS
6250
5500
5050
4700
4400
4200
4000
3850
3750
250x50x3 RHS
6100
5350
4900
4450
4050
3750
3500
3300
3150
2-250x50x3 RHS
7550
6700
6100
5700
5350
5100
4900
4650
4400
300x50x3.5 RHS
7500
6600
6000
5400
4900
4550
4250
4000
3800
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
9250
8200
7500
7000
6600
6300
6000
5700
5400
150x50x3 RHS
3650
3150
2850
2600
2350
2200
2050
1950
1850
2-150x50x3 RHS
4550
4000
3650
3350
3150
3000
2850
2700
2550
200x50x3 RHS
4650
4050 3550 3200 2017 2900 JOB NAME: beams LouvreTec Manual to calculate tributary length for
2700
2500
2350
2250 PAGE No:
2-200x50x3 RHS
5800
3600
3350
3200
LOW
chart: beam calculation
engineering - beam calculation 5100
4650
4300 4050 3850 LOUVRETEC BEAM CALCULATIONS
table 5
1 CALCULATE LENGTHSECTION: FOR BEAMS MEDIUM SUMMARY Typically theTO tributary lengthTRIBUTARY for simply 5650 supported beams only4250 is half the3800 length ofSPAN the louvre span (refer3000 note below). Determining the 250x50x3 RHS 4950 3450 3200 2850 2700 Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span (refer note below) NO: 15, 16 L030-0003B tributary length2-250x50x3 is shownRHS through figures7000 1 - 5 onJOB pages and 17 of this engineering section. 6200 5650 5250 4900 4500 4200 4000 MR 3750 DESIGNED: the Tributary length shown figures 1–4 onon pages 12.09 and 12.11 of this engineering DATE: through 08/03/2017 CALCULATION SHEET Note: Care Determining must be taken when calculating theistributary length for mid 4600 beams continuous spanning structures as half thesection. louvre 300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 4200 3900 3650 3450 3250 span on either side of the beam may not be equal.7600 the tributary 2-300x50x3.5 RHSbe taken when 8600 calculating 6950 6450 for mid 6000 5150 Note: Care must length beams on5550 continuous spanning4850 structures4600 as half
the louvre span on either side of the beam may not be equal. Max Beam Span (mm) Roof Beams 150x50x3 RHS
3200
2800
2400
2150
1950
1850
1700
1600
1550
2-150x50x3 RHS 4050 Tributary length of louvre 200x50x3 RHS 4100 Wind Zone Beam Size (mm) 2-200x50x3 RHS 5200 150x50x3 RHS HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 5000 2-150x50x3 RHS
3500
3200
2950
2750
2550
2400
2250 4.5 2000
2150 5 1900
2800 2500 2350 3150
2650 2350 2250 3050
Roof Beam
1
1.5
2
2.5
engineering - beam calculation 4150
3450
4500
3600
4100
2950
4100
3300
3550
2650
3800
3050
3150
3
2400
3450
2900
2900
2250
3.5
3200 2750 2700 3450
2100
4
3000 2650 2500 3300
5150 4500 4150 3850 3600 TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS 2-250x50x3 RHS RHS 6350 5250 5500 4650 5000 4200 4450 3900 4050 3700 37503450 35003250 3300 200x50x3 Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span (refer note below) 3050 300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 6450 5000 5750 4300 5250 3850 4900 3500 4650 32504400 30504200 2850 2-200x50x3 RHS Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages 10.09 and 10.10 of this engineering section. 4050
2-300x50x3.5 RHS RHS 225x50x3
JOB5850 NAME: 7800 6850
LouvreTec Manual5450 20124350 6150 4700 5150
5000 4000
46003700
3150 2900 2700 3900
PAGE No:3850 4050 3300 3100
43003500
150x50x3 RHS when 2900SECTION: 2450 6400 2100 1900 5450 1750CALCULATIONS 16004900 structures 15004700 as half 1400 2-225x50x3 RHScalculating 6450 5150 spanning 4500 1 LOW Note: Care must be taken the tributary length for5850 midLOUVRETEC beams onBEAM continuous SPAN SUMMARY 2-150x50x3 RHS side 3700 may 3200be5650 1950 250x50x3 RHSof the beam 6400 not 3650 the louvre span on either equal.2900 5150 2650 4750 2400 4450 22504150 21003850
1350 4350 1850 3450
L030-0003B 6450 2600 6400 11/04/2013
2350 5950
DESIGNED: 5650 2100 19505350
18505150
MR4950 1750
4750 1650
6450
3700 6300
3300 5900
3000 5400
28005000
26004700
4400 2450
4200 2350
6450
3100 6450
2800 6450
2550 6450
23506450
22006300
6100 2050
5900 1950
3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 2-250x50x3 RHS Max5800 Beam Span5050 (mm)
4350 6450
3900 6450
3550 6450
33006450
31006450
6450 2900
6450 2750
150x50x3 RHS 3800 4350 3350 3750 3050 3350 2850 2600 2400 300x50x3.5 RHSof louvre 5350 3050 2850 Tributary length 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 2-150x50x3 RHS 4750 4200 3800 3550 3350 3200 Wind Zone RHS 7200 6200 5350 4800 4350 4050 Wind Zone 2-300x50x3.5 Beam Size (mm) 200x50x3 RHS 4900 4300 3900 3500 3200 2950 150x50x3 RHS 2700 2200 1900 1700 1550 1450 3950 3450 3150 2900 2750 2550 2-200x50x3 RHS 6050 5350 4900 4550 4300 4050 4900 4300 3950 3650 3450 3300 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 225x50x3 RHS 5400 4750 4200 3750 3450 3200 5050 4400 4000 3700 3400 3150 200x50x3 RHS 3350 2750 2350 2100 1950 1800 6450 5900 5400 5050 4750 4500 MEDIUM 2-225x50x3 RHS 2-200x50x3 RHS 6250 5500 5050 4700 4400 4200 2-200x50x3 RHS 4450 3850 3350 3000 2750 2550 EXTRA LOW 250x50x3 RHS 5900 5200 4700 4200 3850 3550 250x50x3 RHS 6100 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4000 3250 2800 2500 2300 2150 2-250x50x3 RHS 6450 6450 5900 5500 5200 4950 2-250x50x3 RHS 7550 6700 6100 5700 5350 5100 2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 3550 3250 3000 300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6400 5700 5100 4650 4300 300x50x3.5 RHS 7500 6600 6000 5400 4900 4550 300x50x3.5 RHS 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6400 6100 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 5600 4850 4350 3950 3650 3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 150x50x3 RHS 3400 2950 2650 2400 2150 2000 2-150x50x3 RHS 4550 4000 3650 3350 3150 3000 2-150x50x3 RHS 4300 3750 3400 3150 2950 2800 200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 3200 2900 2700 NOTE // THE FOLLOwING CHART IS ONLY FOR THE TRIPLE BEAM 3-300x50x3.5 wIND zONES 200x50x3 RHS 4350 3800 3300 2950 2650 2450 2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 MEDIUM 3-300x50x3.5 2-200x50x3 4350 4050 3800 3500 MAX BEAM5500 SPAN (mm) 4800 RHSRHS 250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 Tributary length of louvres 1 2 2.5 3150 3 2850 3.5 2650 225x50x3 RHS 4850 1.5 4050 3500 Wind Zone 2-250x50x3 7000 6200 5650 5250 4900 4500 Beam Size RHS Wind Zone 2-225x50x3 RHS 6050 5350 4850 4450 4050 3750 HIGH 300x50x3.5 RHS 6950 6000 5150 4600 4200 3900 LOW 10400 9250 8500 7950 7500 7150 250x50x3 RHS 5300 4500 3900 3500 3200 2950 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 8600 7600 6950 6450 6000 5550 2-250x50x3 RHS 6450 5850 5300 4900 4500 4150 MEDIUM 9700 8600 7900 7350 6950 6600 150x50x3 RHS 3200 2800 2400 2150 1950 1850 300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 5500 4750 4250 3850 3600 2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 4050 3500 3200 2950 2750 2550 3-300x50x3.5 HIGH 8800 6450 7800 6450 7100 6450 6600 6050 6150 5500 56505100 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 200x50x3 RHS 4100 3450 2950 2650 2400 2250 3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6450 6450 6250 VERY HIGH 2-200x50x3 RHS 8200 7200 6500 5900 5350 4950 5200 4500 4100 3800 3450 3200
2250 2650 4 3050 3750
2150 2500 4.5 2950 3550
2000 2400 5 2850 3350
2800 1350 2400 3900 3150 1900 2950 2950 1650 4200 4000 2350 3300 3500 2000 4650 4900 2800 4000 4250 2400 5700 6000 3400 6450 2050 1900 2850 2650 2500 2300 3600 3300 3000 4 2500 4200 3500 3650 6850 2750 5150 3900 6350 1700 3350 2400 5300 4750 2100 5850 4650 3000
2600 1300 2250 3700 3000 1800 2800 2750 1550 4000 3850 2250 3100 3300 1850 4400 4650 2650 3800 4000 2250 5400 5700 3200 6400 1950 1750 2700 2500 2350 2200 3350 3100 2850 4.5 4.52350 4000 3300 3450 6600 2600 4850 3650 6000 1600 3150 2250 5000 4500 2000 5500 4350 2800
2500 1200 2150 3550 2900 1700 2650 2600 1500 3750 3750 2100 2950 3150 1800 4150 4400 2500 3600 3800 2150 5100 5400 3050 6200 1850 1700 2550 2350 2250 2050 3200 2950 2700 5 52200 3750 3150 3250 6400 2450 4600 3450 5700 1550 3000 2150 4700 4250 1900 5200 4150 2650
RHS 200x50x32-250x50x3 RHS
CALCULATION SHEET
VERY HIGH
300x50x3.5 RHS 2-200x50x3 RHS
Roof Beam
HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
RHS 250x50x32-300x50x3.5 RHS
250x50x3 RHS
JOB NO: 6450 3000 DATE: 4750 6450 4150
3700
4400
6450 3600
(preliminary values only - to be confirmed by engineer)
5000 7750
4100 6750
3550 5950
3150 5300
2900 4850
2700 4500
2500 4200
2350 3950
2250 3750
2-150x50x3 RHS
3700
3200
2900
2650
2400
2250
2100
1950
1850
200x50x3 RHS
3700
3000
2600
2350
2100
1950
1850
1750
1650
2-200x50x3 RHS
4750
4150
3700
3300
3000
2800
2600
2450
2350
250x50x3 RHS
4400
3600
3100
2800
2550
2350
2200
2050
1950
2-250x50x3 RHS
5800
5050
4350
3900
3550
3300
3100
2900
2750
300x50x3.5 RHS
5350
4350
3750
3350
3050
2850
2650
2500
2400
2-250x50x3 RHS with 2/10g x 6350 4450 4050 3750top and3500 3150at 900 centres. Fix double beams together 25mm S/S5500 pan head5000 self tapping screws 50mm in from bottom of3300 box section 4300 3500 3250 3050 2850 2700 Use continuous300x50x3.5 flexible RHS sealant/adhesive6150 along top5000 and bottom between3850 box sections. 2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g 7800x 25mm6850 6150 self tapping 5450 500050mm in 4600 4050of box 3850 Fix double beams together S/S Pan head screws from top4300 and bottom 150x50x3 RHS 2900 sealant 2450/ adhesive 2100along top 1900and bottom 1750 between 1600 box sections. 1500 1400 1350 section at 900crs. Use continuous flexible
BEAM TYPES VERY HIGH
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7200 6200 4800 4350 in from 4050 3750 3550 Fix double beams together x 25mm S/S Pan head5350 self tapping screws 50mm top and bottom of box section 3350
150 x 50 x 3
2/150 x 50 x 3
200 x 50 x 3
225 x 50 x 3 2/225 x 50 x 3
2/200 x 50 x 3
250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3
150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant 2700 / adhesive 2200along top 1900 1700 between 1550 1450 at 900crs. Use continuous and bottom box sections. 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 BEAM TYPES
EXTRA
300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3.5
1350
1300
1200
1900
1800
1700
200x50x3 RHS
3350
2750
2350
2100
1950
1800
1650
1550
1500
2-200x50x3 RHS
4450
3850
3350
3000
2750
2550
2350
2250
2100
2500
2300
2150
2000
1850
1800
3550
3250
3000
2800
2650
2500
3400 3050 2/200 x 50 x 3
2800 250 x 50 x 3
2250 300 x 50 x 3
2150
3200
3050
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.13 2800 HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4000 3250 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au 2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 ©Louvretec 2017. All© LOUVRETEC rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. ® PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE 2013 GROUP 300x50x3.5 RHS 4850 3950 // technical specification 150 x 50 x 3 subject to change 2/150 without x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3 2-300x50x3.5 RHS
6750
5600
4850
4350
3950
2600 2400 2/250 x 50 x 3 3650
3400
LOUVRETEC GROUP aCCEPTs nO LiabiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs aRE nOT DEsiGnED anD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT aCCORDanCE wiTh This TEChniCaL manUaL.
3/300 x 50 x 3.5
11:13 2/300 x 50 x 3
12.08a
250x50x3 RHS
6100
5350
4900
4450
4050
3750
3500
3300
3150
2-250x50x3 RHS
7550
6700
6100
5700
5350
5100
4900
4650
4400
300x50x3.5 RHS
7500
6600
6000
5400
4900
4550
4250
4000
3800
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
9250
8200
7500
7000
6600
6300
6000
5700
5400
chart: beam 150x50x3calculation RHS 3650
3150
2850
2600
2350
2200
2050
1950
1850
engineering - beam calculation 2-150x50x3 RHS
4550
4000
3650
3350
3150
3000
2850
2700
2550
200x50x3 RHS
4650
4050
3550
3200
2900
2700
2500
2350
2250
table 6 2-200x50x3 RHS 5800 5100 4650 4300 4050 3850 3600 3350 3200 TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY length LENGTHJOB FOR BEAMS LouvreTec Manual 2017 toMEDIUM calculate tributary for NAME: beams PAGE No: 250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950 4250 3800 3450 3200 3000 2850 2700 Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams onlyLOUVRETEC is half theBEAM length of the louvre span (refer note below) CALCULATIONS SECTION: 2 2-250x50x3 length RHS 7000 6200 5650is half the 5250 4900 4500 4200 4000 Determining 3750 Typically the tributary for simply supported beams only length of the louvre span (refer note below). SPAN12.09 SUMMARY Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on pages and 12.11 of this engineering section. the 300x50x3.5 RHSthrough figures 69501 - 5 on6000 4200 3900 3650 3450 3250 tributary length is shown pages 16L030-0003B and 174600 of this engineering section. JOB NO: 15,5150 DESIGNED: MR 2-300x50x3.5 RHSbe 8600 calculating 7600 695008/03/2017 6450 DATE:thelength Care must taken when tributary for mid beams on5550 continuous spanning4850 structures as half Note: CareNote: must be taken when calculating the tributary for length mid beams on6000 continuous spanning5150 structures as half the4600 louvre CALCULATION SHEET 3200of 2800 may not 2400 be equal. 2150 1950 1850 1700 1600 1550 the150x50x3 louvre span on either beam span on either side ofRHS the beam mayside not bethe equal. 2-150x50x3 RHS
Roof Beam 200x50x3 RHS Roof Beams
4050
3500
3200
2950
2750
engineering - beam calculation HIGH
Span (mm)2950 4100 Max Beam 3450
2-200x50x3Tributary RHS length of louvre 5200
Wind Zone RHS Beam Size (mm) 250x50x3
1 4500
1.5 4100
4100
3550
5000
2650
2
3800
3150
2400
2.5
3450
2900
3
2550
2400
2250
2150
2250
2100
2000
1900
2800 4.5
2650 5
2350
2250
3200
3.5
2700
3000
4
2500
TO CALCULATE TRIBUTARY LENGTH FOR BEAMS RHS 31005500 2700 5000 2350 4450 2100 4050 1900 3750 1750 3500 1650 2-250x50x3150x50x3 RHS 6350 3300 1550 Typically the tributary length for simply supported beams only is half the length of the louvre span2450 (refer note2300 below) 2150 2-150x50x3 RHS 3900 3400 3100 2850 2650 300x50x3.5 RHS 6150 5000 4300 3850 3500 3250 3050 2850 Determining the Tributary length is shown through figures 1–4 on 2850 pages 10.09 and 10.10 of this engineering section. 1900 200x50x3 RHS 3950 3300 2550 2350 2150 2000 JOB NAME: 7800 6850
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
LouvreTec 2012 6150 Manual5450
5000
4600
4300
Roof Beam
MEDIUM
2-200x50x3 RHS
5800
5100
4650
4300
4050
3850
3600
27002050
4050PAGE No:38501800
2-200x50x3 RHS 5050 4400 3950 3650 3300 3050 2850 2700 150x50x3 RHS when calculating 2900SECTION: 2450 2100 1900 onBEAM 1750CALCULATIONS 1600 1500 1400 Note: Care must be taken the tributary length for midLOUVRETEC beams continuous spanning structures as half 1 SPAN 225x50x3 RHS 4350 3550 3050 2750 SUMMARY 2500 2300 2150 2050 2-150x50x3 RHS side of the beam 3700 may not 3200be equal. 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 the louvre span on either VERY L030-0003B JOB 5600 NO: 2-225x50x3 RHS 4850 4350 3900 3550 3300 3050 DESIGNED: MR 2900 200x50x3 3700 3000 2600 2350 2100 1950 1850 1750 HIGH RHS 11/04/2013 DATE: CALCULATION SHEET 250x50x3 RHS 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2400 2300 2-200x50x3 RHS 4750 4150 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 VERY 2-250x50x3 RHS 6150 5350 4800 4300 3900 3650 3400 3200 HIGH 250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2800 2350 2200 2050 (preliminary values only - to be2550 confirmed by3150 engineer) 300x50x3.5 RHS 5900 4800 4150 3700 3400 2950 2750 2-250x50x3 RHS 4350 3900 3550 3300 3100 2900 Max5800 Beam Span5050 (mm) 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 5900 5250 4800 4450 4150 3900 300x50x3.5 RHSof louvre 5350 4350 3750 3350 3050 2850 2650 2500 Tributary length 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 6400 5900 5450 5100 4800 Wind RHS 7200 6200 5350 4800 4350 4050 3750 3550 WindZone Zone 2-300x50x3.5 Beam Size (mm) 150x50x3 RHS 2900 2450 2100 1900 1700 1600 1500 1400 150x50x3 RHS 2700 2200 1900 1700 1550 1450 1350 1300 3950 3450 3150 2900 2750 2550 2400 2250 2-150x50x3 RHS 3650 3200 2900 2650 2400 2250 2100 1950 4900 4300 3950 3650 3450 3300 3150 3000 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 1900 1800 200x50x3 RHS 3700 3000 2600 2300 2100 1950 1850 1750 5050 4400 4000 3700 3400 3150 2950 2750 200x50x3 RHS 3350 2750 2350 2100 1950 1800 1650 1550 2-200x50x3 RHS 4700 4100 3700 3300 3000 2800 2600 2450 2-200x50x3 RHS 6250 5500 5050 4700 4400 4200 4000 3850 2-200x50x3 RHS 4450 2250 1850 EXTRA 225x50x3 RHS 39503850 3200 3350 2800 3000 2500 2750 2250 2550 2100 2350 1950 LOW 250x50x3 RHS 6100 5350 4900 4450 4050 3750 3500 3300 HIGH EXTRA 250x50x3 RHS 4000 1850 2600 2-225x50x3 RHS 52503250 4550 2800 3950 2500 3550 2300 3200 2150 3000 2000 2800 HIGH 2-250x50x3 RHS 7550 6700 6100 5700 5350 5100 4900 4650 2-250x50x3 RHS 5400 4600 3950 3550 3250 3000 2800 2650 2050 250x50x3 RHS 4400 3600 3100 2750 2550 2350 2200 300x50x3.5 RHS 7500 6600 6000 5400 4900 4550 4250 4000 300x50x3.5 RHS 4850 3950 3400 3050 2800 2600 2400 2250 2-250x50x3 RHS 5750 5000 4350 3900 3550 3300 3050 2900 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 9250 8200 7500 7000 6600 6300 6000 5700 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6750 3200 2500 300x50x3.5 RHS 53505600 4350 4850 3750 4350 3350 3950 3050 3650 2850 3400 2650 150x50x3 RHS 3650 3150 2850 2600 2350 2200 2050 1950 2-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6200 5350 4750 4350 4000 3750 3550 2-150x50x3 RHS 4550 4000 3650 3350 3150 3000 2850 2700 3-300x50x3.5 RHS 6450 6450 6450 5850 5350 4950 4600 4350 200x50x3 RHS 4650 4050 3550 3200 2900 2700 2500 2350
NOTE // THE FOLLOwING CHART IS ONLY FOR THE TRIPLE BEAM 3-300x50x3.5 wIND zONES
31501450
3350
2550 1350 1950 1850 2750 1650 2150 2350 3050 1950 2600 2750 3700 2400 5 4550 3350 1350 1200 2150 1850 2900 1700 1650 2600 1500 2350 3750 21001750 3150 18002500 4400 25001950 3800 21502750 5400 30502350 1850 3350 2550 4150 2250
3200
MAX BEAM SPAN (mm) 3-300x50x3.5 RHS 250x50x3 RHS 5650 4950pan head 4250 3800 screws3450 3200 top and 3000 2700 at 900 centres. Fix double beams together with 2/10g x 25mm S/S self tapping 50mm in from bottom 2850 of box section Tributary length of louvres 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5 4.5 Wind Zone 2-250x50x3 7000along top 6200 5650 between 5250box sections. 4900 4500 4200 4000 3750 Use continuous flexible sealant/adhesive and bottom Beam Size RHS Wind Zone LOW MEDIUM HIGH VERY HIGH
HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
300x50x3.5 RHS 2-300x50x3.5 RHS
6950 10400 8600
6000 9250 7600
5150 8500 6950
4600 7950 6450
4200 7500 6000
3900 7150 5550
3650 6850 5150
3450 6600 4850
3250 6400 4600
150x50x3 RHS
9700 3200
8600 2800
7900 2400
7350 2150
6950 1950
6600 1850
6350 1700
6000 1600
5700 1550
2-150x50x3 RHS RHS 3-300x50x3.5 200x50x3 RHS
4050 8800 4100
3500 7800 3450
3200 7100 2950
2950 6600 2650
2750 6150 2400
2550 5650 2250
2400 5300 2100
2250 5000 2000
2150 4700 1900
2-200x50x3 RHS
8200 5200
7200 4500
6500 4100
5900 3800
5350 3450
4950 3200
4650 3000
4350 2800
4150 2650
250x50x3 RHS 2-250x50x3 RHS
5000 7750 6350
4100 6750 5500
3550 5950 5000
3150 5300 4450
2900 4850 4050
2700 4500 3750
2500 4200 3500
2350 3950 3300
2250 3750 3150
300x50x3.5 RHS
6150
5000
4300
3850
3500
3250
3050
2850
2700
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g 7800x 25mm6850 6150 self tapping 5450 500050mm in 4600 4050of box 3850 Fix double beams together S/S Pan head screws from top4300 and bottom 150x50x3 RHS 2900 sealant 2450/ adhesive 2100along top 1900and bottom 1750 between 1600 box sections. 1500 section at 900crs. Use continuous flexible
1400
1350
2-150x50x3 RHS
3700
3200
2900
2650
2400
2250
2100
1950
1850
200x50x3 RHS
3700
3000
2600
2350
2100
1950
1850
1750
1650
2-200x50x3 RHS
4750
4150
3700
3300
3000
2800
2600
2450
2350
250x50x3 RHS
4400
3600
3100
2800
2550
2350
2200
2050
1950
2-250x50x3 RHS
5800
5050
4350
3900
3550
3300
3100
2900
2750
300x50x3.5 RHS
5350
4350
3750
3350
3050
2850
2650
2500
2400
BEAM TYPES VERY HIGH
2-300x50x3.5 RHS with 2/10g7200 6200 4800 4350 in from 4050 3750 3550 Fix double beams together x 25mm S/S Pan head5350 self tapping screws 50mm top and bottom of box section 3350
150 x 50 x 3
2/150 x 50 x 3
200 x 50 x 3
225 x 50 x 3 2/225 x 50 x 3
2/200 x 50 x 3
250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3
150x50x3 RHS flexible sealant 2700 / adhesive 2200along top 1900 1700 between 1550 1450 at 900crs. Use continuous and bottom box sections. 2-150x50x3 RHS 3450 3000 2700 2400 2200 2050 BEAM TYPES
EXTRA HIGH
1300
1200
1900
1800
1700
200x50x3 RHS
3350
2750
2350
2100
1950
1800
1650
1550
1500
2-200x50x3 RHS
4450
3850
3350
3000
2750
2550
2350
2250
2100
250x50x3 RHS
4000
3250
2800
2500
2300
2150
2000
1850
1800
2-250x50x3 RHS
5400
4600
3950
3550
PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP 300x50x3.5 RHS 4850 3950 // technical specification 150 x 50 x 3 subject to change 2/150 without x 50 x 3 notice 200 x 50 x 3
11:14
300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3.5
1350
2-300x50x3.5 RHS
6750
5600
3400 3050 2/200 x 50 x 3 4850
4350
3250 2800 DATE MODIFIED 3000 : 01/01/2017
3/300 x 50 x 3.5
2500 FILE: 11.14 www.louvretec.co.nz 2800 2600 2400 www.louvretec.com.au 2250 2150 250 x 50 x 3 2/250 x 50 x 3 300 x 50 x 3 2/300 x 50 x 3 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. 3950
3650
3400
LOUVRETEC GROUP aCCEPTs nO LiabiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs aRE nOT DEsiGnED anD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT aCCORDanCE wiTh This TEChniCaL manUaL.
2650
3200
3050
12.08a
TECHNICAL DETAILS: STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE
TECHNICAL DETAILS // STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURES
TYPICAL DETAIL // SIMPLY SUPPORTED BEAM FIGURE 1
SIMPLY SUPPORTED Figure 1
REFER TABLES 5 & 6 on pages 13, 14,14 15
REFER TABLES 5 & 6
TYPICAL DETAIL // CANTILEVER BEAM FIGURE 2
REFER TABLES 1 - 4 on pages 9-12 10 - 13
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.15 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
SC A LE N T S
11:15
TECHNICAL DETAILS // STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO HOUSE - TYPICAL STRUCTURES technical details: structure attached to house - typical structure
typical detail continuous beam span option 1 FIGURE 3 3 TYPICAL DETAIL // CONTINUOUS BEAM SPAN OPTION 1 FIGURE
REFER TABLES 5, 6 on pages 13, 14
REFER TABLES 5, 6 on pages 13, 14
REFER TABLES 5 & 6
TYPICAL DETAIL // CONTINUOUS BEAM SPAN OPTION 2 FIGURE 4 typical detail continuous beam span option 2 FIGURE 4
REFER TABLES 5 & 6 REFER TABLES 1-4 on pages 09-12
REFER TABLES 1-4 on pages 09-12
SC A LE N T S
11:16
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.16 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice. PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
TECHNICAL DETAILS: freestanding - TYPICAL STRUCTURE
typical detail simply supported beam figure 5
REFER TABLES 5,6 ON PAGES 13, 14
NOTES 1. WHERE A PERIMETER BEAM SUPPORTS ONE INTERNAL BEAM THAT SUPPORTS THE LOUVRES, THE EXTERNAL BEAM SHOULD BE DESIGNED USING A LOUVRE TRIBUTARY LENGTH EQUAL TO HALF OF THE LENGTH OF THE INTERNAL BEAM. THE INTERNAL BEAM SHALL BE DESIGNED AS A TYPICAL BEAM SUPPORTING LOUVRES. 2. THE INTERNAL BEAM CAN BE LOCATED ANYWHERE ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE EXTERNAL BEAM.
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.17 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:17
engineering - post calculation chart: post calculation
SPECIFYING POSTS SPECIFIYING POSTS To use the following tables you need to know the Tributary Area (Roof Area) on the post, the Tributary Edge Length (LE) To use the following tables you need to know the Tributary Area (Roof Area) on the post, the Tributary Edge Length (LE) and the height of the and the of the For Tributary Edge refer page 12.19 & 12.20. post. Forheight Tributary Areapost. and Tributary EdgeArea referand to Tributary pages 19 &20 POST LOADS POST LOADS Wind speeds takenfrom fromNZS NZS 3604: 3604; 2011, 2011,are are ultimate ultimatelimit limitstate statewind windspeeds. speeds Wind speeds taken L = M = H = VH = EH =
Low wind speed Medium wind speed High wind speed Very high wind speed Extra high wind speed
Wind pressure had been calculated using AS/NZS 1170.2.2011
ULS (capacity)
P nl := (0.5 pair). V s it_ß_any2.Cfig1.Cdyn.10-3
Wind Zone
L
SLS (deflection)
M
H
VH
EH
L
M
H
VH
EH
37
44SLS deflection 50 55
27
31
37
42
46
0.54
0.71
1.01
1.30
1.55
Drag pressure on 0.89 1.19 1.68 2.18 2.63 0.63 0.84 1.19 1.53 1.84 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.01 roof (kPa)
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.04
pair = 1.2 kg/m3, kar = 1.0, ki = 1.0
Factored design wind speed 32 Pressure kPa at ULS capacity building (m/s) Wind Zone L M H factored Drag pressure32on 37 wind speed
44
vsit (for ß at building C = 1.45)m/s
m/s
beam (kPa) fig
Cfig value
0.74
m/s
VH
EH
L
M
H
VH
EH
50
55
27
31
37
42
46
0.99
1.40
m/s m/s
m/s
1.81 m/s
2.18
m/s
m/s m/s
Drag force on beam
1.45 coefficient
Cfig = 0.04)Drag force on roof Cfig(for value 0.04 coefficient
12.12 11:18
0.02 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTs nO LiAbiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs ARE nOT DEsiGnED AnD COnsTRUCTED in sTRiCT ACCORDAnCE wiTh This TEChniCAL mAnUAL.
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.18 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TECHNICAL DETAILS: post and footing design
typical detail simply supported beam (figure 6) and cantilevered beam (figure 7)
FIGURE 6
FIGURE 7
PLAN VIEW SIMPLY SUPPORTED BEAM
PLAN VIEW CANTILEVERED BEAM
NOTES 1. tHE TRIB AREA FOR A POST AND FOOTING IS THE PRODUCT OF HALF THE DISTANCE TO THE ADJACENT SUPPORTS IN EACH DIRECTION ie; l1 X l2 (see fig.6) 2. Where a post supports a cantilever, consider for the full cantilever length (see fig.7) 3. tributary edge length (le) is used to select post size. For a structure attached to a house, le = l1 (perpendicular to house) for a free standing structure, le = the longer of L1 & L2 (see fig.8)
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.19 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:19
post and footing design
typical detail simply supported beam (figure 8)
FIGURE 8 PLAN VIEW
therefore LE = L2
NOTES 1. tHE TRIB AREA FOR A POST AND FOOTING IS THE PRODUCT OF HALF THE DISTANCE TO THE ADJACENT SUPPORTS IN EACH DIRECTION ie; l1 x l2 (seefig.6) 2. Where a post supports a cantilever, consider for the full cantilever length (see fig.7) 3. tributary edge length (le) is used to select post size. For a structure attached to a house, le = l1(perpendicular to house) for a free standing structure, le = the longer of L1 & L2 (see fig.8)
11:20
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.20 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
JOB NAME: SECTION: JOB NO: DATE:
CALCULATION SHEET
LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No: postCALCULATIONS calculation: low wind zone LOUVRETEC POST L WIND ZONE L030-0003B MR DESIGNED: 08/03/2017
LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
Tributary Edge Length, L E (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
75x75x3
-2.0 -3.0
100x100x3
-4.0 -5.0 -6.0
100x100x5
LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
-2.0
100x100x3
-3.0 -4.0
100x100x5
-5.0 -6.0
LOW WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
-2.0
100x100x3 -3.0 -4.0
100x100x5
-5.0 -6.0
150x150x3
NOTE 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.21 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:21
JOB NAME:
post calculation: medium wind zone
SECTION: JOB NO: DATE:
CALCULATION SHEET
LouvreTec Manual 2017 LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS M WIND ZONE L030-0003B DESIGNED: 08/03/2017
PAGE No:
MR
MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3 1.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
-2.0
100x100x3
-3.0 -4.0
100x100x5
-5.0 -6.0
MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
-2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3
-3.0 -4.0
100x100x5
-5.0
150x150x3
-6.0
MEDIUM WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0 -2.0 -3.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3 100x100x5
-4.0 -5.0
150x150x3
-6.0
NOTE 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post
11:22
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.22 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No: postCALCULATIONS calculation: high wind zone LOUVRETEC POST H WIND ZONE L030-0003B MR DESIGNED: 08/03/2017
JOB NAME: SECTION: JOB NO: DATE:
CALCULATION SHEET
HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
75x75x3 1.0
Tributary Edge Length, L E (m)
-1.0
-2.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3
-3.0
100x100x5
-4.0 -5.0
150x150x3
-6.0
HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3
-2.0
100x100x5
-3.0 -4.0
150x150x3 -5.0 -6.0
HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0 -2.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3 100x100x5
-3.0 -4.0
150x150x3
-5.0 -6.0
NOTE 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.23 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:23
JOB NAME:
post calculation: very high wind zone SECTION: JOB NO: DATE:
CALCULATION SHEET
LouvreTec Manual 2017 LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS VH WIND ZONE L030-0003B DESIGNED: 08/03/2017
PAGE No:
MR
VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3
-2.0
100x100x5
-3.0 -4.0
150x150x3
-5.0 -6.0
VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
100x100x3 1.0
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
2.0
-2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x5
-3.0
150x150x3
-4.0 -5.0 -6.0
SED
VERY HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0 -2.0 -3.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x5
150x150x3
-4.0 -5.0
SED -6.0
NOTE 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post
11:24
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.24 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
JOB NAME: SECTION: JOB NO: DATE:
CALCULATION SHEET
LouvreTec Manual 2017 PAGE No: post calculation: extra high wind zone LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS EH WIND ZONE L030-0003B MR DESIGNED: 08/03/2017
EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.4m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x3
-2.0
100x100x5
-3.0
150x150x3
-4.0 -5.0
SED
-6.0
EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 2.7m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x5
-2.0 -3.0
150x150x3
-4.0 -5.0
SED
-6.0
EXTRA HIGH WIND ZONE: POST HEIGHT = 3m Tributary Area , AT (m2)
100x100x3
Tributary Edge Length, LE (m)
-1.0 -2.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
100x100x5
-3.0
150x150x3
-4.0 -5.0
SED
-6.0
NOTE 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted with 100x100x4 steel post
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.25 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
11:25
JOB NAME:
post footing calculation
LouvreTec Manual 2016
CALCULATION SHEET
Post Footing Calculations
PAGE No:
LOUVRETEC POST CALCULATIONS Footing Calculations
SECTION: JOB NO:
L030-0003B
DATE:
29/04/2016
10.3 MR
DESIGNED:
Ground conditions are considered a minimum of "good ground" as per NZS3604, within minimum soil properties as follow: Geotechnical ultimate bearing capacity = 300kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor)
"GOOD GROUND"
Undrained shear strength = 100kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor) Geotechnical ultimate skin friction capacity = 20kPa (apply 0.5 safety factor) Questionable ground conditions must be reviewed by engineer!
- If louvre frame is supported by building on less than 2 sides, uplift AND bracing must be considered for footing calculations (Tables 1a, 1b & 2) - If louvre frame is supported by building on 2 or more sides, uplift only need be considered (Tables 1a & 1b only) TABLE 1a
MINIMUM CONCRETE VOLUME FOR ROOF TRIBUTARY ROOF AREA ON POST TO RESIST UPLIFT
Design Procedure:
Concrete Volume Required (m3) L
M
H
VH
EH
(1) Determine tributary area on post (determined previously for post design)
1.0
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
(2) From Table 1a, determine minimum concrete volume to resist uplift based on tributary area
2.0
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.16
0.20
(3) From Table 1b, determine footing dimensions required for
3.0
0.09
0.13
0.19
0.25
0.30
minimum volume calculated in (2). If bracing is required to be
4.0
0.12
0.17
0.25
0.33
0.40
considered, follow steps (4) and (5) below.
5.0
0.15
0.21
0.31
0.41
0.50
(4) From Table 2, determine footing dimensions based on post size
6.0
0.18
0.26
0.37
0.49
0.60
selected. For ease of comparing, select same footing type as
7.0
0.22
0.30
0.44
0.57
0.70
selected in (3)
8.0
0.25
0.34
0.50
0.65
0.80
(5) Use maximum of dimensions from (3) and (4)
9.0
0.28
0.38
0.56
0.74
0.90
Wind Zone: Tributary Area (m2)
TABLE 1b
FOOTING DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR PARTICULAR VOLUMES FOR UPLIFT RESISTANCE Square Pads
Round Piles Volume
Square pad Square pad 300 diameter 400 diameter 450 diameter 600 diameter 300mm deep 600mm deep
(m2)
TABLE 2
0.1
700
650
600
550
600
400
0.2
950
800
750
650
800
600
0.3
1150
950
850
700
1000
700
0.4
1350
1100
1000
800
1150
800
0.6
1800
1400
1250
1000
1400
1000
0.8
2250
1700
1550
1200
1650
1150
1.0
2650
2000
1800
1400
1850
1300
Note: Round piles depths are calculated including skin friction so final concrete volume will differ to that in first column.
MINIMUM FOOTING SIZES REQUIRED FOR BRACING OF EACH POST SIZE
Post Size
11:26
minimum dimension (mm)
minimum depth (mm)
Round Piles
Square Pads
300 diameter 400 diameter 450 diameter 600 diameter
Square pad Square pad 300mm deep 600mm deep
minimum depth (mm)
minimum dimension (mm)
75x75x3
900
900
900
800
800
600
100x100x3
1100
1000
1000
900
1000
800
100x100x5
-
1100
1100
1000
1200
900
150x150x3
-
1300
1200
1200
1400
1100
100x100x4 SHS
-
1300
1200
1200
1400
1100
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.26 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
technical details: square pad footings
TECHNICAL DETAIL: SQUARE PAD FOOTING square pad footings 300 deep
TECHNICAL DETAIL: SQUARE PAD FOOTING
300mm
Baseplate (central)
square pad footings 600 deep
File FileName 1:10 @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016
Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty ®
© DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.27 reserved File 2016 All rights FileName www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au Technical Details subject to change without notice 1:10 @ A4 ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without Scale notice.
Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016 ©
Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty ®
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz PO Box 300 328 Albany 11:27 Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990
TECHNICAL DETAIL: ROUND PILE FOOTINGS technical details: round pile footings
File FileName 1:7 @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice ®
11:28
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.28 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
75x75
ALUMINIUM technical details // basePOST plateBASE sizes PLATE
Note: All post to base plate welds must be
technical details: base plate sizes full penetration butt welds all around.
75x75 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE
Note: All post to base plate welds must be
TYPICALdetail DETAIL ALUMINIUM POST base BASE plate PLATEfor 50x50 post. tYpical // 75X75 75x75 aluminium post 175x175x10 PLATE 25
12 PLATE 175x175x10
125
25
60 MIN
60 MIN
125
25
full penetration75x75 buttALUMINIUM welds all around. POST
75x75 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 175x175x10 ALUMINIUM PLATE
WELDED TO 175x175x10 ALUMINIUM 75X75PLATE ALUMINIUM
60 MIN
75X75 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 175x175 X12 75x75 ALUMINIUM POST ALUMINIUM 12 WELDED TO PLATE 175x175x10
POST
USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET WELDED TO BOLTS75x75 OR SIMILAR ALUMINIUM POST 175X175 X12 (100mmWELDED EMBEDED) 12 TO 175x175x10
ALUMINIUM PLATE
ALUMINIUM PLATE
100
125
60 MIN
25
60 MIN
USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM USEBOLTS 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET USE 4/M12 OR S/S CHEM SET SET BOLTS OR SIMILAR BOLTS OR SIMILAR SIMILAR (100 EMBEDMENT) (100mm EMBEDED)
(100mm EMBEDMENT)
100
125
ALUMINIUM PLATE
60 MIN
NOTE NOTE ALL all POST pOsT TO BASE basE plaTE PLATE WELDS BE wElds musT MUST bE full FULL PENETRATION pENETraTiON buTT BUTT WELDS ALL wElds all arOuNd. AROUND
TYPICAL DETAIL // BASE PLATE SIZES FOR VARIOUS POSTS
150x150 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE 100x100 aluminium post base TYPICAL DETAIL // BASE PLATE SIZES FORaluminium VARIOUS POSTS 100 x 100 aluminium post base platePLATE 150 x 150 aluminium post base plate 150x150 post base plate 100x100 ALUMINIUM POST BASE tYpical base PLATE plate SIZES sizes FOR for various TYPICALdetail DETAIL// BASE VARIOUS posts POST plate
12 PLATE 250X250X10
25
150
25
100x100 ALUMINIUM POST 200X12 WELDED TO 200xPOST 100x100 ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM PLATE12 WELDED TO 200x200x10
25
60 min.
200x200x10 12 PLATE
60 MIN
ALUMINIUM PLATE
200 150
25
25
100
ALUMINIUM PLATE
fOr100X100X3 for 100x100x3 USE USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET 4/M12 S/S CHEM BOLTS OR SIMILAR SET BOLTS OR (100mm EMBEDMENT) SIMILAR for100x100x5 usE 4/m16 (100 s/s EMBEDMENT) CHEm sET bOlTs Or similar for x100x5 USE (150100 EmbEdmENT) 4/M16 S/S CHEM SET BOLTS OR 100X100 ALUMINIUM POST SIMILAR WELDED TO 200x200x10 (150 EMBEDMENT)
ALUMINIUM PLATE
60 MIN
200
60 min.
150
150
60 MIN
60 min.
60 MIN
100x100 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 200x200x10 ALUMINIUM PLATE 100x100 ALUMINIUM POST 100X100 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 200x200 X10 WELDED TO 200x200x10 ALUMINIUM PLATE
60 MIN
12.21
25
150 X150x12 ALUMINIUM POST 12 150x150x10 ALUMINIUM POST X 250 X 12 WELDED TO 250 12 WELDED TO 250X250X10 ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUMPLATE PLATE 150X150 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 150X150 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 250 X250 X12 250X250X10 12 ALUMINIUM PLATE ALUMINIUM PLATE USE 4/M16S/SS/S CHEM USE 4/M16 CHEM SET BOLTS SET BOLTSOR OR SIMILAR SIMILAR (150 EMBEDMENT) (150 EMBEDMENT)
150x150x10 ALUMINIUM POST WELDED TO 250X250X10 ALUMINIUM PLATE
with 150x150x3 aluminium post can be substituted POST WELDED TO dimensions as for aluminium post. aluminimum but 150x150 16mm 100x100x4post, steel post, thick. plate size remains the 250X250X10 same
ALUMINIUM PLATE
USE 4/M12 S/S CHEM SET BOLTS OR SIMILAR DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.29 (100mm EMBEDMENT) www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
200
NOTE NOTE: for100x100x4 steel sHs post use grade 250 steel base60 min. NOTE : For 100x100x4 steel SHS post use same 150X150 ALUMINIUM plate with dimensions as for 150x150
150
100
250X250X10 PLATE
60 60 min. min.
150 60 MIN
25
25
150x150 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE
00x100 ALUMINIUM POST BASE PLATE 200x200x10 PLATE
200
USE 4/M16 S/S CHEM SET BOLTS OR SIMILAR (150 EMBEDMENT)
11:29
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice
snow loads
snow loads // snOw LOADinGs. As REqUiRED by nzs3604:2011 (sECTiOn 15) 1. if snow loads are required to be considered, the following equivalent wind zones should be referred to: apply minimum Wind Zone // for 1.0kPa snow load - apply mediumMedium wind zone apply minimum Very Highzone Wind Zone // for 1.5kPa snow load - apply Very high wind apply minimum Extra Highzone Wind Zone // for 2.0kPa snow load - apply Extra high wind 2. where a louvre roof forms part of a lower roof meeting an upper wall and the exposed height of the upper wall is greater than 0.6m, the roof is defined as an abutting roof (similar to nzs3604:2011 15.3). in this situation, the louvre spans and beam spans determined from the Louvretec tables shall be multiplied muliplied by 0.8.
figure 9
LOUVRE ROOF
standards nz 1.5 and 2.5 kpa SNOW LOADING ZONES NZS 3604:2011 For information about snow zones in New Zealand please see Figure 15.1 from NZS 3604:2011 Timber Framed Buildings.
File FileName 1:50 @ A4 Scale Date Modified 16/01/2017 Product Manual 2016 Louvretec NZ Ltd/Louvretec Aust. Pty © 2016 All rights reserved Technical Details subject to change without notice ®
2.22
11:30
PO Box 300 328 Albany Auckland, New Zealand P +64 (9) 415 4949 F +64 (9) 415 4990 E info@louvretec.co.nz W www.louvretec.co.nz
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2013© LOUVRETEC® GROUP // technical specification subject to change without notice DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 11.30 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au LOUVRETEC GROUP ACCEPTs nO LiAbiLiTy if sTRUCTUREs ARE nOT DEsiGnED AnD COnsTRUCTED in rights sTRiCT ACCORDAnCE wiTh This TEChniCAL mAnUAL. ©Louvretec 2017. All reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring diagrams
somfy wiring diagrams wiring
12.04 - 12.16
RTS Motors
12.04 - 12.06
WT Motors
12.08 - 12.16
somfy myLINK™ RTS Technology 12.17 - 12.18 lighting diagrams 12.19 - 12.24 heating 12.25
12:01
WIRING
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring diagrams
Motors, Control Systems & Wiring Diagrams
12:02
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring diagrams SOMFY OVERVIEW
wiring diagrams overview somfy motors & control systems The following Wiring Diagrams cover the majority of Louvretec motorised Spiral Pivot Opening Roofs and Sun Louvre installations. Please contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer to discuss any customised options not currently shown.
two wiring options 1. RTS - Radio Technology Somfy, motors hard wired, wireless controls. 2. WT - Wired Technology, fully hard wired systems. Both RTS & WT options covered include: • Individual controls • Group controls • Group & Individual controls • Controls as above with rain sensors
home automation - using RTS technology SOMFY myLink™ This system is ideal for Australian & NZ home automation applications. It is cost effective and simple, plugging directly into a wall socket. myLink provides both remote control (3G/4G) from your smartphone/ tablet via the 3G/4G Internet network, as well as via the homes Wi-Fi.
important safety instructions for installation An incorrect installation could lead to serious injury. Follow all of these instructions as well as those supplied with the motor and controls.
©Louvretec 2017. 2017 -All AllRights RightsReserved. Reserved.Technical Technicalspecifications specificationssubject subjecttotochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice.
•
Install an omnipolar isolating switch upstream with a minimum contact opening space of 3mm.
•
Motors must be installed and programmed by competent installers.
•
For product necessary for the safe functioning of the motorised installation, refer to your nearest Louvretec Dealer.
•
Use only Somfy approved accessories.
•
Use only Somfy transmitters with the RTS motors.
•
Before carrying out any form of maintenance isolate the power to the motor and/or controls.
•
Examine the installation at regular intervals. Do not use the installation until any faults have been rectified.
•
Should you have any questions regarding the installation of Somfy motors and controls contact your nearest Louvretec Dealer.
12:03
wiring detail : BUSLINE TRANSMITTER WITH ONDEIS RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTOR SITUO 1 OR SMOOVE 1 CHANNEL REMOTE SHOWN TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS
typical detail rts individual & AUTOMATIC RTS (RAIN SENSOR). ONE PANEL TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS MOTORS INTEGRATED RADIO RECEIVER RTS WIRING CABLING WITH // BUSLINE TX WITH RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTOR SITUO 1 OR SMOOVE 1 BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
3 core double insulated heavy duty flex 3 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = LIVE YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:04
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.04 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & motor LT50 MOTORS wiring detail : rts to Situo 1 channel rts remote TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1 TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS typical detail rts INDIVIDUAL REMOTE CONTROL WITH ALTUS RTS MOTOR TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
situo 1 ch rts remote
smoove 1 channel wall mounted remote
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS MOTORS INTEGRATED WITH RADIO RECEIVER DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS BLUEMOTORS = NEUTRAL RTS WIRING CABLING //WITH RTS MOTOR SITUO 1 OR SMOOVE MOTORS INTEGRATED RADIOTO RECEIVER BROWN =1LIVE
Wiring
3 core double insulated heavy duty 3 x 1.5mm
Voltage
Voltage 230 - 240 / 50HZ 3 core double insulated heavy duty flex Rated Current 0.8 Amps 3 x 1.5mm Current Consumption 170 Watts 230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
BROWN = LIVE YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.05 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:05
PRODUCT CATALOGUE // technical specification su
wiring detail : rts motors to SITUO 5 channel rts remote TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS
typical detail rts 4 individual and group control - up to 4 motors individually or in a group TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS MOTORS INTEGRATED RADIOTO RECEIVER RTS WIRING CABLING WITH // RTS MOTOR SITUO 5 BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
3 core double insulated heavy duty flex 3 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = LIVE YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:06
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.06 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : busline transmitter with ondeis rain sensor to rts motors SITUO 5 channel remote shown TECHNICAL DETAIL // RTS SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS typical detail rts 5 individual , group & automatic control - up to 4 motors individually, or in a multiple group or close only with rain sensor TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // RTS 1
NOTE: The signal to the motors from the Bus Line transmitter can be reversed by moving the wire attached to the up arrow terminal to the down arrow terminal.
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // SOMFY ALTUS 40 & 50 RTS MOTORS RTS WIRING CABLING //WITH BUS LINE TX WITH RAIN SENSOR TO RTS MOTORS MOTORS INTEGRATED RADIO RECEIVER BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
3 core double insulated heavy duty flex 3 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = LIVE YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.07 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:07
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1 wiring detail : wt motor to inis uno or clipsal single switch
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD LS40one & LT50 MOTORS typical detail dw individualSOMFY control panel TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUAT BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY & LT50 SINGLE MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS RTS WIRING CABLING // WT MOTOR TO INIS UNOLS40 OR CLIPSAL SWITCH Current Consumption 170 Watts BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:08
13.02
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.08 PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2009 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au // technical specification subject ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : wt motor with solaris uno and ondeis rain sensor
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD LT50 MOTORS typicalSOMFY detailLS40 dw & individual & automatic (rain sensor) control one panel TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
SOLARIS UNO
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS DIRECT WIRING CABLING CABLING////STANDARD SOLARIS UNO 1 WITHLS40 RAIN&SENSOR TO WT MOTOR BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.09 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:09
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 3 wiring detail : two wt motors to inis duo switch
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD & LT50 typical detail dw individualSOMFY switchLS40 with dualMOTORS control one panel TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 3
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUA BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty fl 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
Rated Current 0.8 Amps DIRECT WIRING LT50 MOTORS OR SWITCH RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS WIRINGCABLING CABLING////STANDARD WT MOTORSOMFY TO INIS LS40 DUO & OR CLIPSAL DOUBLE Current Consumption 170 Watts BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:10
13.04
PRODUCT CATALOGUE 20 DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.10 // technical specification subj www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4
wiring detail : two wt motors with inIS uno to 2 motor coupler synchronised for large panel
Drawing 4.1 // DW Individual Control; One Panel Drawing 4.2 // DW Individual Control; One Panel TECHNICAL DETAIL STANDARD SOMFY & panel LT50 MOTORS typical dw //individual one withwith two motors with twodetail synchronised motors for largecontrol; panels LS40 twosynchronised synchronised motors for large for panelslarge panels TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4.1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 4.2
Note: Louvre panel with two motors synchronised on a single axel. Motor tails must face away from each other.
Note: Louvre panel with two motors synchronised on a dual axel with top dual drive gearbox. Motor tails must face away from each other.
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING CABLING // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DIRECT WIRING LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS DIRECT WIRING CABLING CABLING////STANDARD INIS UNO TOSOMFY 2 MOTOR COUPLER BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH ® PRODUCT DO CATALOGUE 2009© LOUVRETEC GROUP NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS // technical specification subject to change without notice
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.11 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
13.05 12:11
wiring detail : wt motor with universal receiver and SITUO 1 channel rts remote
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD LS40standard & LT50 MOTORS typical detail rts individual SOMFY control, motor with separate rts receiver TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
smoove 1 channel wall mounted remote
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS WIRINGCABLING CABLING////STANDARD UNIVERSAL RECEIVER TO WT MOTOR BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:12
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.12 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : four wt motors with smoove ib to 4 motor controller
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFYtypical LS40 & LT50 MOTORS detail dw group control; one control up to 4 panels TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LS40CONTROLER & LT50 MOTORS RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS DIRECT WIRING CABLING CABLING////STANDARD SMOOVE IB TO 4 MOTOR WITH OR RAIN SENSOR BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.13 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:13
wiring detail : four wt motors with smoove ib to 4 motor controller with ondeis rain sensor
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS typical detail dw group & automatic (rain sensor) up to 4 panels TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LS40CONTROLLER & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS WIRINGCABLING CABLING////STANDARD SMOOVE IB TO 4 MOTOR WITH RAIN SENSOR BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:14
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.14 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : two wt motors to ib busline giving individual or group control
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD SOMFY LS40 &control; LT50 MOTORS typical detail dw individual & group bus line allows individual or group control TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS DIRECT WIRING CABLING CABLING////STANDARD IB BUS LINE TO WT MOTORS BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.15 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:15
wiring detail : two wt motors to ib busline giving individual or group control with ondeis rain sensor
TECHNICAL DETAIL // STANDARD & LT50 MOTORS typical detail dw individual,SOMFY groupLS40 & automatic (rain sensor) control via bus line TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
TYPICAL DETAIL // DRAWING 1
DIRECT WIRING SOMFY LS40 & LT50 MOTORS OR RODEO 240V ROD ACTUATORS WIRINGCABLING CABLING////STANDARD IB BUS LINE WITH RAIN SENSOR BLUE = NEUTRAL
Wiring
4 core double insulated heavy duty flex 4 x 1.5mm
Voltage
230 - 240 / 50HZ
Rated Current
0.8 Amps
Current Consumption
170 Watts
BROWN = DIRECTION 1 BLACK = DIRECTION 2 YELLOW/GREEN = EARTH
DO NOT PARALLEL WIRE MOTORS
12:16
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.16 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : SOMFY myLink™ USING RTS TECHNOLOGY
Somfy myLink ™ PR O DU CT SPECIF ICATIONS
Control motorised applications from home or away, with one plug, no wires. PRODUCT FUNCTIONALITIES
No wires involved, just a plug
Secure connection
Control Controls blinds, curtain, awnings as well as RTS enabled lighting devices.
Plug & Go Plugs directly into a wall socket and follows on-screen set-up wizard. Easy!
Timed Event Schedule your scenarios to run on a weekly plan.
Remote Access Maximise the many benefits such as energy saving and privacy even when you’re away from home.
©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:17
wiring detail : SOMFY myLINK™ USING RTS TECHNOLOGY
Somfy myLink
USING RTS TECHNOLOGY P R O DUCsomfy T S PECmyLINK™ I F I C ATIO- NS
myLink™ can be added to any existing RTS installation only if:
• All PRINCIPLE RTS motor limits, including “MY” if desired, are set. OPERATING • There must be a pre-programmed RTS controller (handheld, in-wall or table top) that controls the motors, and will also be contolled • by the myLink™.
Somfy myLink
• Recommended that the channel configuration of the transmitter matches what you want to see on myLink™ – ex. On a Telis 4 RTS, • channels 1-4 individually control motors, and channel 5 is a group channel that controls all 4 motors together.
Somfy myLink
RTS Communications between Somfy myLink and the home’s devices.
P R O D U CT S P ECI FI CAT I O N S
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Somfy myLink RTS Communications WIFI Communications Somfyand myLink betweenbetween the router the and the home’s devices. Somfy myLink.
Remote Control (3G/4G) Commands sent from the smartphone/tablet via the 3G/4G Internet network.
WIFI Communications Control from Home between the Commands router and thesent from the Somfy myLink. smartphone/tablet via the
home’s WiFi.
Remote Control (3G/4G) Commands sent from the COMPATIBLE END PRODUCTS via the smartphone/tablet 3G/4G Internet network.
Control from Home Commands sent from the smartphone/tablet via the home’s WiFi.
COMPATIBLE END PRODUCTS Lights
Roller Blinds
Venetian Blinds
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Lights Roller Blinds Operating Temperature Protection Rating Radio Frequency Radio Hz Range
Awnings
Venetian Blinds
External Blinds
Awnings
Roller Shutters
External Blinds
Curtains
Roller Shutters
Curtains
Status indicator
0°C to 45°C IP 20 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Wifi: 2.4GHz, 802.11b/g/n 0°C to 45°C RTS: 433.42 MHz
Status indicator
Operating Temperature Protection Rating
IP 20
200 metres in open field, Radio Frequency Wifi: 2.4GHz, 802.11b/g/n 20 metres throughRTS: 2 reinforced 433.42 MHz Product Description concrete walls Radio Hz Range
Dimension (H x W x D mm)
200 metres in open field, 20 metres 105 x 57 x 52 (without plug)through 2 reinforced Reference Product Description concrete walls
Dimension (H x W x D mm)
105 x 57 x 52 (without plug)
Reference
Reset button
Type 1 Reset Somfy myLink button
Type 1
1811473
Somfy myLink 1811473
SOMFY Pty Limited – ABN 77 003 917 244 – 9/38-46 South St, Rydalmere NSW 2116 – T +61 (0)2 8845 7200 – somfy.au@somfy.com : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.18 SOMFY Pty Limited – ABN 77 003 917 244 – 9/38-46DATE SouthMODIFIED St, Rydalmere NSW 2116 – T +61 (0)2 8845 7200 – somfy.au@somfy.com
12:18
www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
www.somfy.com.au
www.somfy.com.au
wiring diagrams louvretec lighting & heating overview
lighting & heating louvretec led lighting & heating systems - wiring diagrams
24v LIGHTING SYSTEMS WIRING DIAGRAMS The following wiring diagrams cover five types of 24v lighting systems currently offered by Louvretec: 1. Louvretec LED blade lighting with diffuser fitting typically to louvre blades, gutter face or extrusions. 1 & 2. louvretec blade LIGHTING
3. Louvretec LED gutter lighting fitting to inside face of gutter, reflecting up onto blades. 4. Louvretec LED downlights fitting within Louvretec 50mm conduit or similar. 5. Louvretec LED projector lights fitting externally to Louvretec frame. 3. louvretec GUTTER LIGHTING
heating There are a wide variety of heaters suitable for use under a Louvretec Opening Roof. The wiring diagram shown on page 12.25 shows a typical installation .
4. louvretec led DOWNLIGHTS
DI MONTAGGIO INSTRUCTIONS
W
2. As above but including motor wiring combined.
5. louvretec led projector lights
HEATER
Alim.
Note
©Louvretec rights reserved. Technical detailssubject subjectto tochange changewithout withoutnotice. notice. ©Louvretec 2017 - All2017. RightsAllReserved. Technical specifications
24Vdc
important safety instructions for installation An incorrect installation could lead to serious injury. Follow all these instructions as well as those supplied with the motor and controls. • Install an omnipolar isolating switch upstream with a minimum contact opening space of 3mm. • For product necessary for the safe functioning of the installation, contact your Louvretec Dealer. • Before carrying out any form of maintenance isolate the power to the motor and/or controls. • Examine the installation at regular intervals. Do not use the installation until any faults have been rectified. • Should you have any questions regarding the installation contact your Louvretec Dealer.
12:19
wiring detail : 1. louvretec led blade or frame lighting
12:20
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.20 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : 2. louvretec led blade or frame lighting - motor combined
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.21 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:21
wiring detail : 3. louvretec led gutter lighting
12:22
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.22 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : 4. louvretec regulus downlight in 50mm conduit
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.23 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:23
wiring detail : 5. louvretec led projector lights 24v - alfa, dione, pavo
12:24
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.24 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
wiring detail : Heating
DATE MODIFIED : 01/01/2017 FILE: 12.25 www.louvretec.co.nz www.louvretec.com.au ©Louvretec 2017. All rights reserved. Technical details subject to change without notice.
12:25